UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
FORM 10-Q
[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2004
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period from ______ to_____
Commission File No. 0-17948
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC
.
(650) 628-1500
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
94-2838567
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
209 Redwood Shores Parkway
Redwood City, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
94065
(Zip Code)
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES x NO o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuers classes
of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
Outstanding as of
Class of Common Stock
Par Value
July 29, 2004
$
0.01
303,676,102
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2004
Table of Contents
Page
|
||||||||
3 | ||||||||
3 | ||||||||
3 | ||||||||
4 | ||||||||
5 | ||||||||
6 | ||||||||
17 | ||||||||
18 | ||||||||
37 | ||||||||
40 | ||||||||
41 | ||||||||
41 | ||||||||
41 | ||||||||
42 | ||||||||
43 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 3.02 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 10.37 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 10.38 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 10.39 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 15.1 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 31.1 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 31.2 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 32.1 | ||||||||
EXHIBIT 32.2 |
2
PART I FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
ASSETS
Current assets:
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Other liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders equity:
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
3
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
Net revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Total operating expenses
Operating income
Income before provision for income taxes
Net income
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
4
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net cash used in operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net cash used in investing activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net cash provided by financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents
Supplemental cash flow information:
Non-cash investing activities:
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
5
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Electronic Arts develops, markets, publishes and distributes interactive
software games that are playable by consumers on home videogame machines (such
as the Sony PlayStation
®
2, Microsoft Xbox
®
, Nintendo
GameCube
consoles), personal computers (PC), hand-held game machines
(such as the Game Boy
®
Advance) and online, over the Internet and
other proprietary online networks. Many of our games are based on content that
we license from others (e.g., Madden NFL Football, Harry Potter and FIFA
Soccer), and many of our games are based on intellectual property that is
wholly-owned by us (e.g., The Sims
and Medal of Honor
).
Our goal is to develop titles which appeal to the mass markets and as a result,
we develop, market, publish and distribute our games in over 100 countries,
often translating and localizing them for sale in non-English speaking
countries. Our goal is to create software game franchises that allow us to
publish new titles on a recurring basis that are based on the same property.
Examples of this are our annual iterations of our sports-based franchises
(e.g., NCAA Football and FIFA Soccer), titles based on long-lived movie
properties (e.g., James Bond
) and wholly-owned properties that can
be successfully sequeled (e.g., SimCity
).
The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are unaudited and reflect all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) that, in the opinion
of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the
interim periods presented. The results of operations for the current interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the
current year or any other period.
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2005
presentation.
On October 20, 2003, our Board of Directors authorized a two-for-one stock
split of our Class A common stock which was distributed on November 17, 2003 in
the form of a stock dividend for shareholders of record at the close of
business on November 3, 2003. All issued and outstanding share and per-share
amounts related to the Class A common stock in the accompanying Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto have been restated to
reflect the stock split for all periods presented.
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction
with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2004.
(2) FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL QUARTER
Our fiscal year is reported on a 52/53-week period that ends on the final
Saturday of March in each year. The results of operations for fiscal 2005 and
2004 contain 52 weeks. The results of operations for the fiscal quarters ended
June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 each contain 13 weeks ending on June 26, 2004
and June 28, 2003, respectively. For simplicity of presentation, all fiscal
periods are reported as ending on a calendar month end.
(3) EMPLOYEE STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
We account for stock-based awards to employees using the intrinsic value method
in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
. We have adopted the disclosure-only
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
, as amended.
Had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been measured
based on the estimated fair value at the grant dates in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 123, we estimate that our reported net income (loss) and
net earnings (loss) per share would have been the pro forma amounts indicated
below. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following weighted-average
assumptions were used for grants made during the three months ended June 30,
2004 and 2003 under the stock plans:
6
Our calculations are based on a multiple option valuation approach and
forfeitures are recognized when they occur.
Net income as reported
Net income (loss) pro forma
In March 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an
exposure draft on the Proposed SFAS,
Share-Based Payment an amendment of
FASB Statements No. 123 and 95
. The proposed statement addresses the
accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees and other
third-parties. The proposed standard would eliminate the ability to account for
share-based compensation transactions using APB No. 25, and generally would
require that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based
method. If the final standard is approved as currently drafted in the exposure
draft, it would have a material impact on the amount of earnings we report
beginning in fiscal 2006. We have not yet determined the impact that the
proposed statement will have on our business.
(4) GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Goodwill information is as follows (in thousands):
7
Finite-lived intangibles consist of the following (in thousands):
Amortization of intangibles for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003
was $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Finite-lived intangible assets
are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of their estimated
useful lives or the agreement terms, typically from two to twelve years. As of
June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004, the weighted-average remaining useful life
for finite-lived intangible assets was approximately 7 years and 7.5 years,
respectively.
As of June 30, 2004, future amortization of finite-lived intangibles is
estimated as follows (in thousands):
(5) RESTRUCTURING AND ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGES
The following table summarizes the activity in the accrued restructuring
accounts for all restructuring plans (in thousands):
8
Over the last three fiscal years, we have entered into
various restructurings based on management decisions as discussed in more
detail below. As of June 30, 2004, an aggregate of $20.2 million in cash had
been paid out under the fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 restructuring plans. In
addition, we have made subsequent net adjustments of approximately $0.4 million
during fiscal 2005 relating to projected future cash outlays under the fiscal
2004 restructuring plan. Of the remaining projected cash outlay of $10.7
million, $3.5 million is expected to be utilized in the remaining nine months
of fiscal 2005, while the remaining $7.2 million is expected to be utilized by
January 30, 2009. The facilities-related commitments discussed above include
$17.9 million of estimated future sub-lease income. The restructuring accrual
is included in other accrued expenses presented in Note 7 of the Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Fiscal 2004 Studio Restructuring
Fiscal 2003 Studio Restructuring
Fiscal 2003 Online Restructuring
Fiscal 2002 Online Restructuring
(6) ROYALTIES AND LICENSES
Our royalty expenses consist of payments to (1) content licensors, (2)
independent software developers and (3) co-publishing and/or distribution
affiliates. License royalties consist of payments made to celebrities,
professional sports organizations, movie studios and other organizations for
our use of their trademark, copyright, personal rights, content and/or other
intellectual property. Royalty payments to independent software developers are
payments for the development of intellectual property related to our games.
Co-publishing and distribution royalties are payments made to third parties for
delivery of product.
Royalty-based payments made to content licensors and distribution affiliates
are generally capitalized as prepaid royalties and expensed to cost of goods
sold at the greater of the contractual or effective royalty rate based on net
product sales. With regard to payments made to independent software developers
and co-publishing affiliates, these payments are generally in connection with
the development of a particular product and, therefore, we are generally
subject to development risk prior to the general release of the product.
Accordingly, payments that are due prior to completion of a product are
generally expensed as research and development as the services are incurred.
Payments due after completion of the product (primarily royalty-based in
nature) are generally expensed as cost of goods sold at the higher of the
contractual or effective royalty rate based on net product sales.
Minimum guaranteed royalty obligations are initially recorded as an asset and
as a liability at the contractual amount when no significant performance
remains with the licensor. When significant performance remains with the
licensor, we record royalty payments as an asset when actually paid rather than
upon execution of the contract. Minimum royalty payment obligations are
classified as current liabilities to the extent such royalty payments are due
within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004,
approximately $57.2 million and $63.4 million, respectively, of minimum
guaranteed royalty obligations had been recognized and are included in the
tables below.
9
Each quarter, we also evaluate the future realization of our royalty-based
assets as well as any unrecognized minimum commitments not yet paid to
determine amounts we deem unlikely to be realized through product sales. Any
impairments determined before the launch of a product are charged to research
and development expense. Impairments determined post-launch are charged to
cost of goods sold. In either case, we rely on estimated revenue to evaluate
the future realization of prepaid royalties. If actual sales or revised revenue
estimates fall below the initial revenue estimate, then the actual charge taken
may be greater in any given quarter than anticipated.
The current and long-term portions of prepaid royalties and minimum guaranteed
royalty related assets, included in other current assets and other assets,
consisted of (in thousands):
At any given time, depending on the timing of our payments to our co-publishing
and/or distribution affiliates, content licensors and/or independent software
developers, we have unpaid royalty amounts due to these parties that are
recognized as either accounts payable or accrued liabilities. The current and
long-term portions of accrued royalties, included in accrued and other
liabilities as well as other liabilities, consisted of (in thousands):
In addition, at June 30, 2004, we have approximately $61.1 million that we are
obligated to pay co-publishing and/or distribution affiliates and content
licensors but that are generally contingent upon performance by the
counterparty (i.e., delivery of the product or content) and are therefore not
recorded in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 8 of the
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
(7) BALANCE SHEET DETAILS
Inventories
10
Property and Equipment, Net
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment
amounted to $15.6 million and $12.5 million for the three months ended June 30,
2004 and 2003, respectively.
Accrued and Other Liabilities
(8) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Commitments and Residual Value Guarantees
In February 1995, we entered into a build-to-suit lease with a third party for
our headquarters facility in Redwood City, California, which was refinanced
with Keybank National Association in July 2001 and expires in July 2006. We
accounted for this arrangement as an operating lease in accordance with SFAS
No. 13,
Accounting for Leases
, as amended. Existing campus facilities
developed in phase one comprise a total of 350,000 square feet and provide
space for sales, marketing, administration and research and development
functions. We have an option to purchase the property (land and facilities) for
a maximum of $145.0 million or, at the end of the lease, to arrange for (i) an
extension of the lease or (ii) sale of the property to a third party while we
retain an obligation to the owner for approximately 90 percent of the
difference between the sale price and the guaranteed residual value of up to
$128.9 million if the sales price is less than this amount, subject to certain
provisions of the lease.
In December 2000, we entered into a second build-to-suit lease with Keybank
National Association for a five-year term beginning December 2000 to expand our
Redwood City, California headquarters facilities and develop adjacent property
adding approximately 310,000 square feet to our campus. Construction was
completed in June 2002. We accounted for this arrangement
as an operating lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended. The
facilities provide space for marketing, sales and research and development. We
have an option to purchase the property for a maximum of $130.0 million or, at the end of the
11
lease, to arrange for (i) an extension of the lease, or (ii)
sale of the property to a third party while we retain an obligation to the
owner for approximately 90 percent of the difference between the sale price and
the guaranteed residual value of up to $118.8 million if the sales price is
less than this amount, subject to certain provisions of the lease.
We believe the estimated fair values of both properties under these operating
leases are in excess of their respective guaranteed residual values as of June
30, 2004.
For the two lease agreements with Keybank National Association, as described
above, the lease rates are based upon the Commercial Paper Rate and require us
to maintain certain financial covenants as shown below, all of which we were in
compliance with as of June 30, 2004.
Consolidated Net Worth
In July 2003, we entered into a lease agreement with an independent third party
(the Landlord) for a studio facility in Los Angeles, California, which
commenced in October 2003 and expires in September 2013 with two five-year
options to extend the lease term. Additionally, we have options to purchase the
property after five and ten years based on the fair market value of the
property at the date of sale, a right of first offer to purchase the property
upon terms offered by the Landlord, and a right to share in the profits from a
sale of the property. We have accounted for this arrangement as an operating
lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended. Existing campus facilities
comprise a total of 243,000 square feet and provide space for research and
development functions. Our rental obligation under this agreement is $50.2
million over the initial ten-year term of the lease. This commitment is offset
by sublease income of $5.8 million for the sublet to an affiliate of the
Landlord of 18,000 square feet of the Los Angeles facility, which commenced in
October 2003 and expires in September 2013, with options of early termination
by the affiliate after five years and by us after four and five years.
In June 2004, we entered into a lease agreement with an independent third-party
for a studio facility in Orlando, Florida, which will commence in January 2005
and expire in June 2010, with one five-year option to extend the lease term.
The campus facilities comprise a total of 117,000 square feet, which we intend
to use for research and development functions. We have accounted for this
arrangement as an operating lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended.
Our rental obligation over the initial five-and-a-half year term of the lease
is $13.2 million.
Letters of Credit
In August 2003, we provided an irrevocable standby letter of credit to 300
California Associates II, LLC in replacement of our security deposit for office
space. The standby letter of credit guarantees performance of our obligations
to pay our lease commitment up to $1.1 million. The standby letter of credit
expires in December 2006. As of June 30, 2004, we did not have a payable
balance on this standby letter of credit.
Development, Celebrity, League and Content Licenses: Payments and Commitments
12
contain minimum guarantee payments and marketing commitments that are not
dependent on any deliverables. Celebrities and organizations with whom we have
contracts include: FIFA and UEFA (professional soccer); NASCAR (stock car
racing); John Madden (professional football); National Basketball Association
(professional basketball); PGA TOUR (professional golf); Tiger Woods
(professional golf); National Hockey League and NHLPA (professional hockey);
Warner Bros. (Harry Potter, Catwoman and Superman); MGM/Danjaq (James Bond);
New Line Productions (The Lord of the Rings); National Football League and
Players Inc. (professional football); Collegiate Licensing Company (collegiate
football and basketball); ISC (stock car racing); Major League Baseball
Properties; MLB Players Association (professional baseball) and Island Def Jam
(fighting). These developer and content license commitments represent the sum
of (i) the cash payments due under non-royalty-bearing licenses and services
agreements, and (ii) the minimum payments and advances against royalties due
under royalty-bearing licenses and services agreements that are conditional upon
performance by the counterparty. These minimum guarantee payments and marketing
commitments are included in the table below.
The following table summarizes our minimum contractual obligations and
commercial commitments as of June 30, 2004 and the effect we expect them to
have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):
(1)
Developer/licensee commitments include $57.2 million of commitments to developers or licensers that have been included in our Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet as as of June 30, 2004 because the developer does not have any significant performance obligations to us. These commitments are included in
both current and long-term assets and liabilities.
The lease commitments disclosed above exclude commitments included in our
restructuring activities for contractual rental commitments of $28.4 million
under real estate leases for unutilized office space, offset by $17.9 million
of estimated future sub-lease income. These amounts were expensed in the
periods of the related restructuring and are included in our accrued and other
liabilities reported on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30,
2004. Please see Note 5 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information.
Litigation
Director Indemnity Agreements
(9) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
SFAS No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive Income
, requires classification of
other comprehensive income in a financial statement and display of other
comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and additional paid-in
capital. Other comprehensive income includes primarily foreign currency
translation adjustments and unrealized gains (losses) on investments.
13
The change in the components of accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax, for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and
2003 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
The foreign currency translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes
as they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries.
(10) NET INCOME PER SHARE
The following summarizes the computations of Basic Earnings Per Share (EPS)
and Diluted EPS. Basic EPS is computed as net earnings divided by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted
EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares
issuable through stock-based compensation plans including stock options,
restricted stock awards, warrants and other convertible securities using the
treasury stock method.
Net income
Shares used to compute net earnings per share:
Dilutive potential common shares
Net earnings per share:
Excluded from the above computation of weighted-average common shares for Class
A Diluted EPS for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 were options to
purchase 300,000 and 624,000 shares of common stock, respectively, as the
options exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common
shares. For the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, the weighted-average
exercise price of these respective options was $52.35 and $33.68 per share,
respectively.
14
(11) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
On June 24, 2002, we hired Warren Jenson and agreed to loan him $4,000,000, to
be forgiven over four years based on his continuing employment. The loan does
not bear interest. On June 24, 2004, pursuant to the terms of the loan
agreement, we forgave two million dollars of the loan and provided Mr. Jenson
approximately $1.6 million to offset the tax implications of the forgiveness.
As of June 30, 2004, the remaining outstanding loan balance was $2,000,000,
which will be forgiven on June 24, 2006, provided that Mr. Jenson has not
voluntarily resigned his employment with us or been terminated for cause prior
to that time. No additional funds will be provided to offset the tax
implications of the forgiveness of the remaining two million dollars.
(12) SEGMENT INFORMATION
SFAS No. 131,
Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information
, establishes standards for the reporting by public business
enterprises of information about product lines, geographic areas and major
customers. The method for determining what information to report is based on
the way that management organizes our operating segments for making operational
decisions and assessments of financial performance.
Our chief operating decision maker is considered to be our Chief Executive
Officer (CEO). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a
consolidated basis accompanied by disaggregated information about revenue by
geographic region and by product lines for purposes of making operating
decisions and assessing financial performance. Our view and reporting of
business segments may change due to changes in the underlying business facts
and circumstances and the evolution of our reporting to our CEO.
Information about our net revenue by product line for the three months ended
June 30, 2004 and 2003 is presented below (in thousands):
15
Information about our operations in North America and in international regions
for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 is presented below (in
thousands):
Three months ended June 30, 2004
Three months ended June 30, 2003
Our direct sales to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. represented approximately 12 percent
of total net revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.
(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On July 27, 2004, we entered into an agreement to acquire Criterion Software
Group Ltd., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Canon Inc., for an
approximate purchase price of $48 million, plus the
assumption of outstanding stock options under certain stock option
plans and certain liabilities due to Canon Europe, a subsidiary of
Canon Inc., to be determined at the date of close. Based in the United Kingdom, Criterion Software Group Ltd. is a developer of
video games and a provider of middleware solutions for the game development and
publishing industry. This acquisition, which is subject to customary
international regulatory approvals, is expected to close during our second
fiscal quarter.
16
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of
Electronic Arts Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2004, and
the related condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
the three-month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003. These condensed
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management.
We conducted our review in accordance with standards established by the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim
financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures
and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting
matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion
regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not
express such an opinion.
Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should
be made to the condensed consolidated financial statements referred to above
for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles
.
We have previously audited, in accordance with standards established by the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated
balance sheet of Electronic Arts Inc. and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders equity and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the year then ended (not
presented herein); and in our report dated April 28, 2004, we expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. In our
opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated
balance sheet as of March 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects,
in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.
KPMG LLP
San Francisco, California
17
(unaudited)
June 30,
March 31,
(In thousands, except share data)
2004
2004 (a)
$
1,133,171
$
2,149,885
1,236,105
264,461
2,088
1,225
169,620
211,916
53,033
55,143
84,560
84,312
163,221
161,867
2,841,798
2,928,809
Property and equipment, net
292,867
298,073
14,951
14,332
91,576
91,977
18,190
18,468
42,650
40,755
68,205
71,612
$
3,370,237
$
3,464,026
$
65,556
$
114,087
520,432
630,138
585,988
744,225
37,654
41,443
623,642
785,668
3,033
3,013
2
2
1,210,939
1,153,680
1,525,409
1,501,184
7,212
20,479
2,746,595
2,678,358
$
3,370,237
$
3,464,026
(a)
Derived from audited financial statements.
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
June 30,
(unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share data)
2004
2003
$
431,641
$
353,381
176,755
149,963
254,886
203,418
63,220
59,084
35,054
30,760
130,642
91,122
622
680
388
229,926
181,646
24,960
21,772
9,159
4,849
34,119
26,621
9,894
8,253
$
24,225
$
18,368
$
24,225
$
18,368
$
24,225
$
18,368
$
0.08
$
0.06
$
0.08
$
0.06
302,238
289,910
315,576
299,632
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
(unaudited)
June 30,
(In thousands)
2004
2003
$
24,225
$
18,368
16,207
13,223
(483
)
(2,333
)
53
225
194
12,778
20,143
36,823
55,798
956
8,136
(75
)
6,557
(47,558
)
(46,063
)
(106,601
)
(110,720
)
(65,836
)
(34,311
)
(26,109
)
(12,187
)
15,433
38
(250
)
8,467
(1,557,305
)
(731,176
)
572,253
557,746
(2,513
)
(12
)
(995,990
)
(179,625
)
44,276
72,865
135
(2,587
)
44,276
70,413
836
4,225
(1,016,714
)
(139,298
)
2,149,885
949,995
1,133,171
810,697
1,236,105
811,376
Ending cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
$
2,369,276
$
1,622,073
$
2,503
$
1,754
$
(12,545
)
$
419
Table of Contents
(unaudited)
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
June 30,
2004
2003
3.0%
1.7%
40.1%
56.8%
3.2
2.9
None
None
Three Months Ended
Class A common stock
June 30,
(In thousands, except per share data)
2004
2003
$
24,225
$
18,368
(19,589
)
(20,173
)
25
49
$
4,661
$
(1,756
)
Class A common stock
$
0.08
$
0.06
$
0.02
$
(0.01
)
$
0.08
$
0.06
$
0.01
$
(0.01
)
Effects of
As of
Foreign
As of
March 31,
Goodwill
Currency
June 30,
2004
Acquired
Translation
2004
$
91,977
$
12
$
(413
)
$
91,576
Table of Contents
As of June 30, 2004
Gross
Other
Carrying
Accumulated
Intangibles,
Amount
Amortization
Impairment
Other
Net
$
28,263
$
(18,886
)
$
(9,377
)
$
$
35,519
(16,116
)
(1,211
)
(5
)
18,187
8,694
(6,302
)
(1,776
)
(613
)
3
$
72,476
$
(41,304
)
$
(12,364
)
$
(618
)
$
18,190
As of March 31, 2004
Gross
Other
Carrying
Accumulated
Intangibles,
Amount
Amortization
Impairment
Other
Net
$
28,263
$
(18,886
)
$
(9,377
)
$
$
35,169
(15,494
)
(1,211
)
18,464
8,694
(6,302
)
(1,776
)
(612
)
4
$
72,126
$
(40,682
)
$
(12,364
)
$
(612
)
$
18,468
$
1,954
2,606
2,606
2,518
2,489
6,017
$
18,190
Accrual
Charges
Charges
Accrual
Beginning
Charges to
Utilized
Utilized
Adjustments
Ending
Balance
Operations
in Cash
Non-cash
to Operations
Balance
$
1,585
$
$
(1,507
)
$
$
142
$
220
12,731
(2,462
)
246
10,515
$
14,316
$
$
(3,969
)
$
$
388
$
10,735
$
1,692
$
1,741
$
(1,778
)
$
$
(70
)
$
1,585
9,063
7,007
(3,903
)
564
12,731
466
(466
)
$
10,755
$
9,214
$
(5,681
)
$
(466
)
$
494
$
14,316
Table of Contents
During fiscal 2004, we closed the majority of our leased studio facility in
Walnut Creek, California and our entire owned studio facility in Austin, Texas.
As a result, we recorded total pre-tax charges of $9.2 million, consisting of
$7.0 million for consolidation of facilities, $1.7 million for workforce
reductions and $0.5 million for the write-off of non-current assets, primarily
leasehold improvements.
During fiscal 2003, we closed our office located in San Francisco, California,
our studio located in Seattle, Washington and approved a plan to consolidate
the Los Angeles and Irvine, California and Las Vegas, Nevada, studios into one
major game studio in Los Angeles. We recorded total pre-tax charges of $14.5
million, consisting of $8.9 million for consolidation of facilities, $3.5
million for the write-off of non-current assets, primarily leasehold
improvements and equipment, and $2.1 million for workforce reductions.
In March 2003, we consolidated the operations of EA.com into our core business
and eliminated separate reporting for our Class B common stock for all future
reporting periods after fiscal 2003. As a result, we recorded restructuring
charges, including asset impairment, of $67.0 million, consisting of $1.8
million for workforce reductions, $2.3 million for consolidation of facilities
and other administrative charges and $62.9 million for the write-off of
non-current assets.
In October 2001, we announced restructuring initiatives involving EA.com and
the closure of EA.coms San Diego studio and consolidation of its San Francisco
and Virginia facilities. As a result, we recorded restructuring charges of
$20.3 million, consisting of $4.2 million for workforce reductions, $3.3
million for consolidation of facilities and other administrative charges and
$12.8 million for the write-off of non-current assets and facilities.
Table of Contents
As of
As of
June 30,
March 31,
2004
2004
$
29,213
$
31,165
54,094
54,921
$
83,307
$
86,086
As of
As of
June 30,
March 31,
2004
2004
$
79,428
$
104,603
37,654
41,443
$
117,082
$
146,046
Inventories as of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004 consisted of (in thousands):
As of
As of
June 30,
March 31,
2004
2004
$
6,611
$
2,263
46,422
52,880
$
53,033
$
55,143
Table of Contents
Property and equipment, net as of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004 consisted of
(in thousands):
As of
As of
June 30,
March 31,
2004
2004
$
361,292
$
355,626
95,384
118,251
57,702
60,209
46,650
45,964
51,332
37,409
12,579
11,757
624,939
629,216
(332,072
)
(331,143
)
$
292,867
$
298,073
Accrued and other liabilities as of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004 consisted
of (in thousands):
As of
As of
June 30,
March 31,
2004
2004
$
220,317
$
225,878
114,109
134,000
83,504
142,756
79,428
104,603
23,074
22,901
$
520,432
$
630,138
We lease certain of our current facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating lease agreements. We are required to pay property
taxes, insurance and normal maintenance costs for certain of our facilities and
will be required to pay any increases over the base year of these expenses on
the remainder of our facilities.
Table of Contents
Actual as of
Financial Covenants
Requirement
June 30, 2004
$1,702 million
$2,746 million
3.00
29.76
60%
8.3%
1.00
10.20
1.75
N/A
In July 2002, we provided an irrevocable standby letter of credit to Nintendo
of Europe. The standby letter of credit guarantees performance of our
obligations to pay Nintendo of Europe for trade payables of up to 8.0 million.
The standby letter of credit expires in July 2005. As of June 30, 2004, we had
0.7 million payable to Nintendo of Europe covered by this standby letter of
credit.
The products produced by our studios are designed and created by our employee
designers, artists, software programmers and by non-employee software
developers (independent artists or third-party developers). We typically
advance development funds to the independent artists and third-party developers
during development of our games, usually in installment payments made upon the
completion of specified development milestones. Contractually, these payments
are considered advances against subsequent royalties on the sales of the
products. These terms are set forth in written agreements entered into with the
independent artists and third-party developers. In addition, we have certain
celebrity, league and content license contracts that
Table of Contents
We are subject to pending claims and litigation. Management, after review and
consultation with legal counsel, considers that any liability from the
disposition of such lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect upon our
consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
We have entered into an indemnification agreement with the members of our Board
of Directors to indemnify our Directors to the extent permitted by law against
any and all liabilities, costs, expenses, amounts paid in settlement and
damages incurred by the Directors as a result of any lawsuit, or any judicial,
administrative or investigative proceeding in which the Directors are sued as a
result of their service as members of our Board of Directors.
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2004
June 30, 2003
Class A
Class A
Class A
Class
common
common
common
A common
(In thousands, except per share amounts):
stock - basic
stock - diluted
stock - basic
stock - diluted
$
24,225
$
24,225
$
18,368
$
18,368
302,238
302,238
289,910
289,910
N/A
13,338
N/A
9,722
302,238
315,576
289,910
299,632
$
0.08
N/A
$
0.06
N/A
N/A
$
0.08
N/A
$
0.06
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Asia
Pacific
North
(excluding
America
Europe
Japan)
Japan
Total
$
211,151
$
190,004
$
17,600
$
12,886
$
431,641
6,899
1,036
55
7,990
9,237
6,462
261
247
16,207
2,538,424
767,854
33,717
30,242
3,370,237
21,427
4,259
382
41
26,109
256,480
140,151
2,444
3,558
402,633
$
198,841
$
127,926
$
14,471
$
12,143
$
353,381
6,188
971
37
7,196
9,088
3,744
236
155
13,223
1,822,146
536,364
26,973
26,881
2,412,364
9,658
2,183
283
63
12,187
238,223
139,778
2,142
2,315
382,458
Table of Contents
Electronic Arts Inc.:
July 21, 2004
Table of Contents
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements within
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All
statements, other than statements of historical fact, including statements
regarding industry prospects and future results of operations or financial
position, made in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are forward looking. We
use words such as anticipates, believes, expects, intends, future and
similar expressions to help identify forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements are subject to business and economic risk and
managements expectations, and are inherently uncertain and difficult to
predict. Our actual results could differ materially from managements
expectations due to such risks. We will not necessarily update information if
any forward-looking statement later turns out to be inaccurate. Risks and
uncertainties that may affect our future results include, but are not limited
to, those discussed in this report below under the heading Risk Factors, as
well as in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31,
2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on June 4,
2004 and in other documents we have filed with the SEC.
OVERVIEW
The following overview is a top-level discussion of our operating results as
well as the trends and drivers of our business. Management believes that an
understanding of these trends and drivers is important in order to understand
our results for the quarter ended June 30, 2004, as well as our future
prospects. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive, nor is it intended
to be a substitute for the detailed discussion and analysis provided elsewhere
in this Form 10-Q, including in the remainder of Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Risk Factors or
the condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes. Additional
information can be found within the Business section of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004 as filed with the SEC on
June 4, 2004 and in other documents we have filed with the SEC.
About Electronic Arts
Electronic Arts develops, markets, publishes and distributes interactive
software games that are playable by consumers on home videogame machines (such
as the Sony PlayStation
®
2, Microsoft Xbox
®
, Nintendo GameCube
consoles),
personal computers (PC), hand-held game machines (such as the Game Boy
®
Advance) and online, over the Internet and other proprietary online networks.
Many of our games are based on content that we license from others (e.g.,
Madden NFL Football, Harry Potter and FIFA Soccer), and many of our games are
based on intellectual property that is wholly-owned by us (e.g., The
Sims
and
Medal of Honor
). Our goal is to develop titles which appeal to the mass
markets and as a result, we develop, market, publish and distribute our games
in over 100 countries, often translating and localizing them for sale in
non-English speaking countries. Our goal is to create software game
franchises that allow us to publish new titles on a recurring basis that are
based on the same property. Examples of this are our annual iterations of our
sports-based franchises (e.g., NCAA Football and FIFA Soccer), titles based on
long-lived movie properties (e.g., James Bond
) and wholly-owned properties
that can be successfully sequeled (e.g., SimCity
).
Overview of Financial Results
Net revenue for the three month period ended June 30, 2004 was $432 million, up
22 percent, as compared to the three month period ended June 30, 2003. Our
results were driven by strong sales of three new titles,
Harry Potter and the
Prisoner of Azkaban
,
EA SPORTS
Fight Night 2004
, and
UEFA Euro 2004
, as
well as continued strong sales of
Need for Speed
Underground
and
MVP
Baseball
2004
.
Net income for the quarter was $24 million, a 32 percent increase compared to
the same period a year ago. Diluted earnings per share was $0.08 as compared
with $0.06 for the prior year.
We used $66 million of cash in operations during the three months ended June
30, 2004 as compared to $34 million in the three month period ended June 30,
2003. The increase in cash used was primarily a result of the timing of sales
during the quarter.
Managements Overview of Historical and Prospective Business Trends
Sales of Hit Titles.
During fiscal 2004, sales of a number of hit titles
contributed to our revenue growth, several of which were top sellers across a
number of international markets. Continuing this trend, our top-five-selling
titles across all platforms
18
worldwide during the three months ended June 30, 2004 were the franchise titles
Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban
,
EA SPORTS Fight Night 2004
,
UEFA
Euro 2004
,
Need for Speed Underground
and
MVP Baseball 2004
. Hit titles are
important to our financial performance because they benefit from overall
economies of scale. We have developed, and it is our objective to continue to
develop, many of our hit titles to become franchise titles that can be
regularly iterated.
Increased Console Installed Base.
As consumers purchase the current generation
of consoles, either as a first time buyer or by upgrading from a previous
generation, this increases the console installed base. As the installed base
for a particular console increases, we are generally able to increase our unit
volume; however, these unit volumes often begin to decrease as consumers
anticipate the next generation of consoles. In the U.S. and Europe, we believe
the installed base for the current generation of consoles the PlayStation2,
Xbox and Nintendo GameCube increased significantly during the period ended
June 30, 2004 as compared to June 30, 2003. Accordingly, we believe the
significant increase in the installed base for these consoles was a
contributing factor to our net revenue growth during the three months ended
June 30, 2004. In March 2004, Microsoft reduced the retail price of its Xbox
console in the U.S. and in May 2004 Sony did the same with its PlayStation2
console. As price reductions drive sales of consoles and the related installed
base of these current generation consoles increases during fiscal 2005, we
expect unit sales of current generation titles to remain strong.
Software Prices.
As current generation console prices decrease, we expect more
value-oriented consumers to become part of the interactive entertainment
software market. We experienced this trend several years ago when prices were
reduced on previous generation consoles (e.g., Sony PlayStation and Nintendo
64). We believe that hit titles will continue to be launched at premium price
points and will maintain those premium price points longer than less popular
games. However, as a result of a more value-oriented consumer base, and a
greater number of software titles being published, we expect average software
prices to gradually come down, which may negatively impact our gross margin.
International Sales Growth.
During the first three months of fiscal 2005, net
revenue from international sales accounted for approximately 51 percent of our
worldwide net revenue, up from 44 percent during the first three months of
fiscal 2004. Our first quarter increase in international net revenue was
primarily driven by increased sales in Europe, where
UEFA Euro 2004
benefited
from being released in conjunction with the UEFA Euro 2004 football tournament.
For the remainder of fiscal 2005, we anticipate that international net revenue
will continue to increase although not at the same rate as in fiscal 2004
as we strengthen our presence in new territories, with a particular emphasis on
Asia, and as the console installed base expands outside of North America.
Foreign Exchange Impact
. Given that a significant portion of our business is
conducted internationally in foreign currency, fluctuations in currency prices
can have a material impact on our results of operations. For example, the
average exchange rate for the Euro, as compared to the U.S. dollar, increased
from $1.13 per Euro during the three months ended June 30, 2003 to $1.20 per
Euro during the three months ended June 30, 2004. As a result of the
fluctuations in currency prices, we had a total foreign exchange benefit on net
revenue of approximately $13 million during the three months ended June 30,
2004. Although we intend to continue to utilize foreign exchange forward and
option contracts to either mitigate or hedge against some foreign currency
exposures, we cannot predict the effect foreign currency fluctuations will have
on us in fiscal 2005.
Increasing Cost of Titles.
Hit titles have become increasingly more expensive
to produce and market as the platforms on which they are played continue to
advance technologically and consumers demand continual improvements in the
overall gameplay experience. We expect this trend to continue as we require
larger production teams to create our titles, the technology needed to develop
titles becomes more complex, the number and nature of the platforms for which
we develop titles increases and becomes more diverse, the cost of licensing the
third-party intellectual property we use in many of our titles potentially
increases, we continue to develop additional Internet capabilities included in
our products, and we develop new methods to distribute our content via the
Internet.
Expansion of Studio Resources and Technology.
During fiscal 2004, as part of
our effort to more efficiently utilize our resources and technology, we
expanded our studio facilities in Los Angeles and Vancouver, allowing us to
consolidate several smaller studios and resources. In fiscal 2005, we expect
to devote significant resources primarily to the expansion of our studios in
North America and Europe. As we move through the life cycle of current
generation consoles, we will devote increased resources to developing selected
current generation titles, and increase spending associated with tools and
technologies for the next generation of platforms and technology. We expect
our studio expansions to enable us to support these investments and allow us to
develop new titles. We expect these activities to increase our research and
development expenses and decrease our third-party development costs, both as a
percentage of net revenue. We anticipate that the decrease in third-party
development royalty costs will have a positive impact on our gross margin
during fiscal 2005.
19
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities, contingent assets and liabilities, and revenue and
expenses during the reporting periods. The policies discussed below are
considered by management to be critical because they are not only important to
the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations but also
because application and interpretation of these policies requires both judgment
and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain and unknown. As a
result, actual results may differ materially from our estimates.
Sales returns and allowances and bad debt reserves
We principally derive revenue from sales of packaged interactive software games
designed for play on videogame platforms (such as the PlayStation 2, Xbox and
Nintendo GameCube), PCs and hand-held game machines (such as the Nintendo Game
Boy Advance). Product revenue is recognized net of sales allowances. We also
have stock-balancing programs for our PC products, which allow for the exchange
of PC products by resellers under certain circumstances. We may decide to
provide price protection for both our personal computer and videogame system
products. In making this determination, we evaluate inventory remaining in the
channel, the rate of inventory sell-through in the channel, and our remaining
inventory on hand. It is our general practice to exchange products or give
credits, rather than give cash refunds.
We estimate potential future product returns, price protection and
stock-balancing programs related to current-period product revenue. We analyze
historical returns, current sell-through of distributor and retailer inventory
of our products, current trends in the videogame market and the overall
economy, changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products and other
related factors when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and price
protection allowances. In addition, management monitors and manages the volume
of our sales to retailers and distributors and their inventories, as
substantial overstocking in the distribution channel can result in high returns
or substantial price protection requirements in subsequent periods. In the
past, actual returns have not generally exceeded our reserves. However, actual
returns and price protections may materially exceed our estimates as unsold
products in the distribution channels are exposed to rapid changes in consumer
preferences, market conditions or technological obsolescence due to new
platforms, product updates or competing products. For example, the risk of
product returns for our products may increase as the PlayStation 2, Xbox and
Nintendo GameCube consoles pass the midpoint of their lifecycle and an
increasing number and aggregate amount of competitive products heighten pricing
and competitive pressures. While management believes it can make reliable
estimates regarding these matters, these estimates are inherently subjective.
Accordingly, if our estimates changed, our returns reserves would change, which
would impact the net revenue we report. For example, if actual returns were
significantly greater than the reserves we have established, our actual results
would decrease our reported net revenue. Conversely, if actual returns were
significantly less than our reserves, this would increase our reported net
revenue.
Similarly, significant judgment is required to estimate our allowance for
doubtful accounts in any accounting period. We determine our allowance for
doubtful accounts by evaluating customer creditworthiness in the context of
current economic trends. Depending upon the overall economic climate and the
financial condition of our customers, the amount and timing of our bad debt
expense and cash collection could change significantly.
We cannot predict customer bankruptcies or an inability of any of our customers
to meet their financial obligations to us. Therefore, our estimates could
differ materially from actual results.
Royalties & Licenses
Our royalty expenses consist of payments to (1) content licensors, (2)
independent software developers and (3) co-publishing and/or distribution
affiliates. License royalties consist of payments made to celebrities,
professional sports organizations, movie studios and other organizations for
our use of their trademark, copyright, personal rights, content and/or other
intellectual property. Royalty payments to independent software developers are
payments for the development of intellectual property related to our games.
Co-publishing and distribution royalties are payments made to third parties for
delivery of product.
Royalty-based payments made to content licensors and distribution affiliates
are generally capitalized as prepaid royalties and expensed to cost of goods
sold at the greater of the contractual or effective royalty rate based on net
product sales. With regard to payments made to independent software developers
and co-publishing affiliates, these payments are generally in connection
20
with the development of a particular product and, therefore, we are generally
subject to development risk prior to the general release of the product.
Accordingly, payments that are due prior to completion of a product are
generally expensed as research and development as the services are incurred.
Payments due after completion of the product (primarily royalty-based in
nature) are generally expensed as cost of goods sold at the higher of the
contractual or effective royalty rate based on net product sales.
Minimum guaranteed royalty obligations are initially recorded as an asset and
as a liability at the contractual amount when no significant performance
remains with the licensor. When significant performance remains with the
licensor, we record royalty payments as an asset when actually paid rather than
upon execution of the contract. Minimum royalty payment obligations are
classified as current liabilities to the extent such royalty payments are due
within the next twelve months. As of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004,
approximately $57.2 million and $63.4 million, respectively, of minimum
guaranteed royalty obligations had been recognized.
Each quarter, we also evaluate the future realization of our royalty-based
assets as well as any unrecognized minimum commitments not yet paid to
determine amounts we deem unlikely to be realized through product sales. Any
impairments determined before the launch of a product are charged to research
and development expense. Impairments determined post-launch are charged to
cost of goods sold. In either case, we rely on estimated revenue to evaluate
the future realization of prepaid royalties. If actual sales or revised revenue
estimates fall below the initial revenue estimate, then the actual charge taken
may be greater in any given quarter than anticipated. As of June 30, 2004, we
had $83.3 million of royalty-based assets and $61.1 million of unrecognized
minimum commitments not yet paid that could be impaired if our revenue
estimates changed.
Valuation of long-lived assets
We evaluate both purchased intangible assets and other long-lived assets in
order to determine if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential
impairment in value exists. This evaluation requires us to estimate, among
other things, the remaining useful lives of the assets and future cash flows of
the business. These evaluations and estimates require the use of judgment. Our
actual results could differ materially from our current estimates.
Under current accounting standards, we make judgments about the remaining
useful lives of purchased intangible assets and other long-lived assets
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment in
the remaining value of the assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet.
In order to determine if a potential impairment has occurred, management makes
various assumptions about the future value of the asset by evaluating future
business prospects and estimated cash flows. Our future net cash flows are
primarily dependent on the sale of products for play on proprietary videogame
consoles, hand-held game machines and PCs (platforms). The success of our
products is affected by our ability to accurately predict which platforms and
which products we develop will be successful. Also, our revenue and earnings
are dependent on our ability to meet our product release schedules. Due to
product sales shortfalls, we may not realize the future net cash flows
necessary to recover our long-lived assets, which may result in an impairment
charge being recorded in the future. There were no impairment charges recorded
in the three months ended June 30, 2004 or June 30, 2003.
Income taxes
In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and
calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As part of the
process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to
estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate
prior to the completion and filing of tax returns for such periods. This
process requires estimating both our geographic mix of income and our current
tax exposures in each jurisdiction where we operate. These estimates involve
complex issues, require extended periods of time to resolve, and require us to
make judgments, such as anticipating the positions that we will take on tax
returns prior to our actually preparing the returns and the outcomes of
disputes with tax authorities. We are also required to make the determinations
of the need to record deferred tax liabilities and the recoverability of
deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established to the extent
recovery of deferred tax assets is not likely based on our estimation of future
taxable income in each jurisdiction.
In addition, changes in our business, including acquisitions and the geographic
mix of income, as well as changes in valuation allowances, the applicable
accounting rules, the applicable tax laws and regulations, rulings and
interpretations thereof, developments in tax audit matters, and variations in
the estimated and actual level of annual pre-tax income can affect the overall
effective income tax rate. For example, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004,
we resolved certain tax-related matters with the Internal Revenue Service,
which lowered our income tax expense by $19.7 million and resulted in a 2.5
percent rate reduction during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004.
21
To determine our projected effective income tax rate each quarter prior to the
end of a fiscal year, we are required to make a projection of several items,
including our projected mix of full-year income in each jurisdiction in which
we operate and the related income tax expense in each jurisdiction. The
estimated effective income tax rate is also adjusted for taxes related to
significant unusual items. The actual results could vary from those projected,
and as such, the overall effective income tax rate for a fiscal year could be
different from that projected for the full year.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Our fiscal year is reported on a 52/53-week period that ends on the final
Saturday of March in each year. The results of operations for fiscal 2005 and
2004 contain 52 weeks. The results of operations for the fiscal quarters ended
June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 each contain 13 weeks ending on June 26, 2004
and June 28, 2003, respectively. For simplicity of presentation, all fiscal
periods are reported as ending on a calendar month end.
Net Revenue
We principally derive net revenue from sales of packaged interactive software
games designed for play on videogame consoles (such as the PlayStation 2, Xbox
and Nintendo GameCube), PCs and hand-held game machines (such as the Nintendo
Game Boy Advance). Additionally, in Europe and Asia we generate a significant
portion of net revenue by marketing and selling third-party interactive
software games through our established distribution network. We also derive
net revenue from selling subscriptions to some of our online games, programming
third-party web sites with our game content, allowing other companies to
manufacture and sell our products in conjunction with other products, and
selling advertisements on our online web pages.
From a geographical perspective, our net revenue for the three months ended
June 30, 2004 and 2003 was as follows (in thousands):
North America
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue in North America
increased by 6.2 percent as compared to the three month period ended June 30,
2003. From a franchise perspective, the net revenue increase was primarily
driven by higher sales of products in the following four franchises: Fight
Night, Harry Potter, Need for Speed and MVP Baseball. Increased sales in these
franchises resulted in increased net revenue of $93.6 million for the three
months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003.
This increase was offset by an $81.7 million decrease in our NBA STREET, Def
Jam and The Sims franchises during the three months ended June 30, 2004 as
compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003.
Europe
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue in Europe increased by
48.5 percent as compared to the same period a year ago. We estimate foreign
exchange rates (primarily the Euro and the British pound sterling) strengthened
reported European net revenue by approximately $11 million or 9 percent for the
three months ended June 30, 2004. From a franchise perspective, the net revenue
increase was primarily due to (1) higher sales of the Harry Potter franchise,
as
Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban
was released in conjunction with
the blockbuster movie of the same title during the three months ended June 30,
2004, (2)
UEFA Euro 2004
, which was released during the three months ended June
30, 2004 in conjunction with the
UEFA Euro 2004 football tournament held in Europe, and (3) higher sales of the
Fight Night franchise, as
EA SPORTS Fight
22
Night 2004
was released during the
three months ended June 30, 2004, with no corresponding release in fiscal 2004.
Together, the three items noted above, increased net revenue by $80.8 million
during the three months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months
ended June 30, 2003. This increase was partially offset by lower sales of The
Sims and F1 franchises, which reduced net revenue by $20.2 million in the three
months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three month period ended June 30,
2003.
Asia Pacific
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue from sales in the Asia
Pacific region, excluding Japan, increased by 21.6 percent as compared to the
three months ended June 30, 2003. The growth in net revenue was primarily due
to higher sales in the Harry Potter franchise, partially offset by lower sales
in The Sims franchise. We estimate foreign exchange rates strengthened
reported Asia Pacific net revenue by approximately $2 million, or 11 percent,
for the three months ended June 30, 2004.
Japan
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue from sales in Japan
increased by 6.1 percent as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003
primarily due to higher sales in the Harry Potter franchise, partially offset
by lower sales of The Sims franchise. In addition, we estimate foreign
exchange rates strengthened reported Japan net revenue by approximately $1
million or 7 percent, for the three months ended June 30, 2004. Excluding the
effect of foreign exchange rates, we estimate that Japan net revenue was
relatively flat, decreasing approximately $0.1 million or 1 percent, for the
three months ended June 30, 2004.
Our total net revenue by product line for the three months ended June 30, 2004
and 2003 was as follows (in thousands):
PlayStation 2
Net revenue from PlayStation 2 products increased from $118.4 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2003 to $162.0 million in the three months ended
June 30, 2004. As a percentage of total net revenue, sales of PlayStation 2
products increased by 3.9 percent in the three months ended June 30, 2004 as
compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003. The increase in net revenue
was primarily due to growth in the installed base and greater demand for our
products.
PC
Net revenue from PC-based products decreased from $80.3 million during the
three months ended June 30, 2003 to $66.8 million during the three months ended
June 30, 2004. As a percentage of total net revenue, sales of PC products
decreased by 7.2 percent during the three months ended June 30, 2004. PC net
revenue decreased primarily due to lower sales in The Sims franchise as
discussed above, which were partially offset by higher sales in the Harry
Potter franchise. During the three months ended June 30, 2004, we released
three titles as compared to two titles during the three months ended June 30,
2003.
23
Xbox
Net revenue from Xbox products increased from $31.5 million in the three months
ended June 30, 2003 to $57.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004.
As a percentage of total net revenue, sales of Xbox products increased by 4.4
percent in the three months ended June 30, 2004. The increase in net revenue
was primarily due to growth in the installed base driven by Microsofts price
reduction in the U.S. in March 2004 and overall greater demand for our
products. In addition, we released three titles for the Xbox in the three
months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to two titles in the three month period
ended June 30, 2003.
Nintendo GameCube
Net revenue from Nintendo GameCube products increased from $21.2 million in the
three months ended June 30, 2003 to $26.4 million in the three months ended
June 30, 2004. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to growth in the
installed base of the Nintendo GameCube driven by Nintendos price reduction in
the U.S. in September 2003. Although overall Nintendo GameCube net revenue
increased, it remained flat as a percentage of total net revenue. During the
three months ended June 30, 2004, we released one title as compared to three
titles during the three months ended June 30, 2003.
Game Boy Advance
In the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue from Game Boy Advance
products increased from $2.4 million to $18.0 million as compared to the three
months ended June 30, 2003. The increase in net revenue was primarily due to
sales of titles in the Harry Potter and The Sims franchises. One title,
Harry
Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban,
was released during the three months ended
June 30, 2004 versus no titles in the three months ended June 30, 2003.
Co-Publishing and Distribution
In the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue from co-publishing and
distribution products decreased from $71.5 million to $67.2 million as compared
to the same period a year ago. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in
sales in the Final Fantasy franchise, partially offset by an increase in sales
in the Battlefield and Freedom Fighter franchises.
Advertising, Programming, Licensing and Other
In the three months ended June 30, 2004, net revenue from advertising,
programming, licensing and other products increased from $14.5 million to $21.7
million as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003. The increase was
primarily due to license revenue related to the Nokia N-Gage in the three
months ended June 30, 2004, partially offset by a decrease in net revenue from
the Sony PlayStation platform.
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold for our disk-based and cartridge-based products consists of
(1) product costs, (2) certain royalty expenses for celebrities, professional
sports and other organizations and independent software developers, (3)
manufacturing royalties, net of volume discounts, (4) expenses for defective
products, (5) write-off of post-launch prepaid royalty costs, and (6)
operations expenses. Cost of goods sold for our online product subscription
business consists primarily of data center and bandwidth costs associated with
hosting our websites, credit card fees and royalties for use of third party
properties. Cost of goods sold for our website advertising business primarily
consists of ad serving costs.
Costs of goods sold for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 were as
follows (in thousands):
In the three months ended June 30, 2004, cost of goods sold as a percentage of
net revenue decreased by 1.5 percentage points to 40.9 percent from 42.4
percent for the three months ended June 30, 2003. This was primarily due to a
4.8 percentage point
24
decrease in royalty costs offset by a 3.0 percentage point increase in product
costs, both as a percentage of net revenue, as well as a slight decrease in the
average selling price of our titles.
The 4.8 percent decrease in royalty rates was primarily the result of:
The above decreases were offset by a 3.0 percent increase in product costs,
which were primarily the result of:
The above decreases were also partially offset by a slight decrease in average
selling prices as a result of:
Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net revenue may increase in fiscal 2005
as compared to fiscal 2004 as a result of (1) a gradual decrease in average
selling prices as current generation platforms mature and our industry
transitions to next generation technology, (2) overall product mix, and (3)
higher license royalties offset by lower development royalties both as a
percentage of net revenue.
Marketing and Sales
Marketing and sales expenses consist of personnel-related costs and
advertising, marketing and promotional expenses, net of advertising expense
reimbursements from third parties.
Marketing and sales expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003
were as follows (in thousands):
Marketing and sales expenses increased by 7.0 percent in the three months ended
June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003 primarily due
to:
25
As a percentage of net revenue, marketing and sales expenses declined from 16.7
percent during the three months ended June 30, 2003 to 14.6 percent in the
three months ended June 30, 2004 primarily due to timing of our marketing and
advertising campaigns.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist of personnel and related expenses
of executive and administrative staff, fees for professional services such as
legal and accounting, and allowances for bad debts.
General and administrative expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004
and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):
As a percentage of net revenue, general and administrative expenses declined
from 8.7 percent in the three months ended June 30, 2003 to 8.1 percent in the
three months ended June 30, 2004 primarily due to a gain on the sale of our
Austin property as discussed below. Excluding this sale, general and
administrative expenses remained flat as a percentage of net revenue. In total,
general and administrative expenses increased by 14.0 percent during the three
months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003
primarily due to:
The increase in general and administrative expenses was partially offset by a
gain of $2.4 million on the sale of our property in Austin, Texas.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred by our
production studios for personnel-related costs, consulting, equipment
depreciation and any impairment of prepaid royalties for pre-launch products.
Research and development expenses for our online business include expenses
incurred by our studios consisting of direct development costs and related
overhead costs in connection with the development and production of our online
games. Research and development expenses also include expenses associated with
development of website content, network infrastructure direct expenses,
software licenses and maintenance, and network and management overhead.
Research and development expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and
2003 were as follows (in thousands):
Research and development expenses increased by 43.4 percent, or 4.5 percentage
points of net revenue, during the three months ended June 30, 2004 as compared
to the three months ended June 30, 2003 primarily due to:
Research and development expenses increased during the three months ended June
30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003, as we continued
to support the global growth of our research and development
capabilities. In recent quarters, we have developed a greater number
of titles internally. We
expect increased research and development spending to continue in fiscal 2005 as we
invest in next-generation tools and technologies,
26
products for new platforms,
and, to a lesser extent, as we increase spending on titles for the PC and
current-generation console products (including the PlayStation 2, Xbox and
Nintendo GameCube).
Interest and Other Income, Net
Interest and other income, net, for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and
2003 were as follows (in thousands):
Interest and other income, net, during the three months ended June 30, 2004
increased from the three months ended June 30, 2003 primarily due to:
Income Taxes
Income taxes for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 were as follows
(in thousands):
Our effective income tax rate reflects tax benefits derived from significant
operations outside the U.S., which are generally taxed at rates lower than the
U.S. statutory rate of 35 percent. The effective income tax rate was 29
percent for the three months ended June 30, 2004 and 31 percent for the three
months ended June 30, 2003. The reduced effective income tax rate in the three
months ended June 30, 2004 primarily reflects a change in the geographic mix of
taxable income subject to lower tax rates.
We intend to indefinitely reinvest our international earnings outside the U.S.
and, accordingly, have not provided U.S. taxes that would be incurred if such
earnings were repatriated back to the U.S.
We are currently projecting an effective income tax rate of approximately 29
percent for fiscal 2005.
Our actual effective income tax rates for fiscal 2005 and future periods can
differ from the projected effective income tax rates due to a variety of
factors, including changes in our business that were not taken into account in
connection with our projection, a variation between the projected and actual
mix of income between international and domestic operations, changes or
interpretations to applicable tax laws and regulations, changes in the
applicable accounting rules or our ability to realize deferred tax assets, or
developments in tax audit matters with various tax authorities.
Finally, our projected effective income tax rate for fiscal 2005 does not take
into account a new election that is available under the U.S. income tax rules
regarding the allocation between U.S. and foreign jurisdictions tax deductions
attributable to employee stock option compensation. Although we have not yet
determined the impact that the election would have on our reported results, if
we were to make the election, it could have a material adverse effect on our
effective income tax rate.
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In March 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an
exposure draft on the Proposed Statement of Financial Accounting Standards,
Share-Based Payment an amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95
. The
proposed statement addresses the accounting for share-based payment
transactions with employees and other third-parties. The proposed
27
standard would eliminate the ability to account for share-based compensation
transactions using Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
, and generally would require that
such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method. If the
final standard is approved as currently drafted in the exposure draft, it would
have a material impact on the amount of earnings we report beginning in fiscal
2006. We have not yet determined the impact that the proposed statement will
have on our business.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
Percentage of total assets
Cash used in operating activities
Changes in Cash Flow
Receivables, net
Inventories
28
Other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued and other liabilities
Financial Condition
A portion of our cash is generated from operations domiciled in foreign tax
jurisdictions (approximately $430.9 million as of June 30, 2004) that is
designated as indefinitely reinvested in the respective tax jurisdiction. While
we have no plans to repatriate these funds to the United States in the
short-term, if we were required to do so to fund our operations in the United
States, we would accrue and pay additional taxes in connection with their
repatriation.
On January 8, 2004, we filed an amended registration statement on Form S-3 with
the SEC. This registration statement, including the base prospectus contained
therein, became effective on January 15, 2004 and uses a shelf registration
process. This shelf registration statement allows us, at any time, to offer any
combination of securities described in the prospectus in one or more offerings
up to a total amount of $2.0 billion. Unless otherwise specified in a
prospectus supplement accompanying the base prospectus, we will use the net
proceeds from the sale of any securities offered pursuant to the shelf
registration statement for general corporate purposes, including for working
capital, financing capital expenditures, research and development, marketing
and distribution efforts and, if opportunities arise, for acquisitions or
strategic alliances. Pending such uses, we may invest the net proceeds in
interest-bearing securities. In addition, we may conduct concurrent or other
financings at any time.
Our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity could be affected by various risks
and uncertainties including, but not limited to, those related to customer
demand and acceptance of our titles on new platforms and new versions of our
titles on existing platforms, our ability to collect our accounts receivable as
they become due, successfully achieving our product release schedules and
attaining our forecasted sales objectives, the impact of competition, domestic
and international economic conditions, seasonality in operating results, risks
of product returns and the other risks described in the Risk Factors section
below.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
Letters of Credit
In August 2003, we provided an irrevocable standby letter of credit to 300
California Associates II, LLC as a replacement for our security deposit for
office space. The standby letter of credit guarantees performance of our
obligations to pay our lease commitment up to $1.1 million. The standby letter
of credit expires in December 2006. As of June 30, 2004, we did not have a
payable balance on this standby letter of credit.
29
Development, Celebrity, League and Content Licenses: Payments and Commitments
The following table summarizes our minimum contractual obligations and
commercial commitments as of June 30, 2004, and the effect we expect them to
have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):
(1)
See discussion on operating leases in the
Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
section below and Note 8 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in Item 1 hereof, for additional information.
(2)
Developer/licensee commitments include $57.2 million of commitments to
developers or licensers that have been included in our Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2004 because the developer does not have any
significant performance obligations to us. These commitments are included in
both current and long-term assets and liabilities.
The lease commitments disclosed above exclude commitments included in our
restructuring activities for contractual rental commitments of $28.4 million
under real estate leases for unutilized office space, offset by $17.9 million
of estimated future sub-lease income. These amounts were expensed in the
periods of the related restructuring and are included in our accrued and other
liabilities reported on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30,
2004. Please see Note 5 in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements, included in Item 1 hereof, for additional information.
Litigation
Director Indemnity Agreements
Transactions with Related Parties
Transactions with Executive Officers
30
OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS
Lease Commitments
In February 1995, we entered into a build-to-suit lease with a third party for
our headquarters facility in Redwood City, California, which was refinanced
with Keybank National Association in July 2001 and expires in July 2006. We
accounted for this arrangement as an operating lease in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 13,
Accounting for
Leases
, as amended. Existing campus facilities developed in phase one comprise
a total of 350,000 square feet and provide space for sales, marketing,
administration and research and development functions. We have an option to
purchase the property (land and facilities) for a maximum of $145.0 million or,
at the end of the lease, to arrange for (i) an extension of the lease or (ii)
sale of the property to a third party while we retain an obligation to the
owner for approximately 90 percent of the difference between the sale price and
the guaranteed residual value of up to $128.9 million if the sales price is
less than this amount, subject to certain provisions of the lease.
In December 2000, we entered into a second build-to-suit lease with Keybank
National Association for a five-year term beginning December 2000 to expand our
Redwood City, California headquarters facilities and develop adjacent property
adding approximately 310,000 square feet to our campus. Construction was
completed in June 2002. We accounted for this arrangement as an operating lease
in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended. The facilities provide space for
marketing, sales and research and development. We have an option to purchase
the property for a maximum of $130.0 million or, at the end of the lease, to
arrange for (i) an extension of the lease, or (ii) sale of the property to a
third party while we retain an obligation to the owner for approximately 90
percent of the difference between the sale price and the guaranteed residual
value of up to $118.8 million if the sales price is less than this amount,
subject to certain provisions of the lease.
We believe the estimated fair values of both properties under these operating
leases are in excess of their respective guaranteed residual values as of June
30, 2004.
For the two lease agreements with Keybank National Association, as described
above, the lease rates are based upon the Commercial Paper Rate and require us
to maintain certain financial covenants as shown below, all of which we were in
compliance with as of June 30, 2004.
Consolidated Net Worth
In July 2003, we entered into a lease agreement with an independent third party
(the Landlord) for a studio facility in Los Angeles, California, which
commenced in October 2003 and expires in September 2013 with two five-year
options to extend the lease term. Additionally, we have options to purchase the
property after five and ten years based on the fair market value of the
property at the date of sale, a right of first offer to purchase the property
upon terms offered by the Landlord, and a right to share in the profits from a
sale of the property. We have accounted for this arrangement as an operating
lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended. Existing campus facilities
comprise a total of 243,000 square feet and provide space for research and
development functions. Our rental obligation under this agreement is $50.2
million over the initial ten-year term of the lease. This commitment is offset by sublease income of $5.8 million for the
sublet to an affiliate of the Landlord of 18,000 square feet of the Los Angeles
facility, which commenced in October 2003 and expires in September 2013, with
options of early termination by the affiliate after five years and by us after
four and five years.
31
In June 2004, we entered into a lease agreement with an independent third-party
for a studio facility in Orlando, Florida, which will commence in January 2005
and expire in June 2010, with one five-year option to extend the lease term.
The campus facilities comprise a total of 117,000 square feet, which we intend
to use for research and development functions. We have accounted for this
arrangement as an operating lease in accordance with SFAS No. 13, as amended.
Our rental obligation over the initial five-and-a-half year term of the lease
is $13.2 million.
32
RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, which may affect our
future financial performance. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are
not the only ones we face. There may be additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material that may
harm our business and financial performance. If any of the events or
circumstances described below occurs, our business and financial performance
could be harmed, our actual results could differ materially from our
expectations, and the market value of our securities could decline.
The success of our business is highly dependent on being able to predict which
new videogame platforms will be successful, and on the market acceptance and
timely release of those platforms.
We derive most of our revenue from the sale of products for play on videogame
platforms manufactured by third parties, such as Sonys PlayStation 2.
Therefore, the success of our products is driven in large part by the success
of new videogame hardware systems and our ability to accurately predict which
platforms will be most successful in the marketplace. We must make product
development decisions and commit significant resources well in advance of the
anticipated introduction of a new platform. A new platform for which we are
developing products may be delayed, may not succeed or may have a shorter life
cycle than anticipated. If the platforms for which we are developing products
are not released when anticipated or do not attain wide market acceptance, our
revenue growth will suffer, we may be unable to fully recover the resources we
have committed, and our financial performance will be harmed.
Our platform licensors set the royalty rates and other fees that we must pay to
publish games for their platforms, and therefore have significant influence on
our costs. If one or more of the platform licensors adopt a different fee
structure for future game consoles or we are unable to obtain such licenses,
our profitability will be materially impacted.
In the next few years, we expect our platform licensors to introduce new game
machines into the market. In order to publish products for a new game machine,
we must take a license from the platform licensor which gives the platform
licensor the opportunity to set the fee structure that we must pay in order to
publish games for that platform. Similarly, the platform licensors have
retained the flexibility to change their fee structures for online gameplay and
features for their consoles. The control that platform licensors have over the
fee structures for their future platforms and online access makes it difficult
for us to predict our costs and profitability in the medium to long term. It is
also possible that platform licensors will not renew our licenses. Because
publishing products for videogame consoles is the largest portion of our
business, any increase in fee structures or failure to secure a license
relationship would have a significant negative impact on our business model and
profitability.
Our business is both seasonal and cyclical. If we fail to deliver our products
at the right times, our sales will suffer.
Our business is highly seasonal, with the highest levels of consumer demand,
and a significant percentage of our revenue, occurring in the December quarter.
If we miss this key selling period, due to product delays or delayed
introduction of a new platform for which we have developed products, our sales
will suffer disproportionately. Our industry is also cyclical. Videogame
platforms have historically had a life cycle of four to six years. As one group
of platforms is reaching the end of its cycle and new platforms are emerging,
consumers often defer game software purchases until the new platforms are
available, causing sales to decline. This decline may not be offset by
increased sales of products for the new platform. For example, following the
launch of Sonys PlayStation2 platform, we experienced a significant decline in
revenue from sales of products for Sonys older PlayStation game console, which
was not immediately offset by revenue generated from sales of products for the
PlayStation2 platform.
Our business is intensely competitive and increasingly hit driven. If we do
not continue to deliver hit products, our success will be limited.
Competition in our industry is intense, and new products are regularly
introduced. A relatively small number of hit titles accounts for a
significant portion of total sales. For example, during calendar year 2003,
approximately 19 percent of the sales of videogames in North America consisted
of only 20 hit products. If our competitors develop more successful products,
or if we do not continue to develop consistently high-quality products, our
revenue and profitability will decline.
33
If we are unable to maintain or acquire licenses to intellectual property, we
will publish fewer hit titles and our revenue, profitability and cash flows
will decline. Competition for these licenses may make them more expensive, and
increase our costs.
Many of our products are based on or incorporate intellectual property owned by
others. For example, our EA SPORTS products include rights licensed from the
major sports leagues and players associations. Similarly, many of our hit EA
GAMES franchises, such as Bond, Harry Potter and Lord of the Rings, are based
on key film and literary licenses. Competition for these licenses is intense.
If we are unable to maintain these licenses and obtain additional licenses with
significant commercial value, our revenues and profitability will decline
significantly. Competition for these licenses may also drive up the advances,
guarantees and royalties that we must pay to the licensor, which could
significantly increase our costs.
If patent claims continue to be asserted against us, we may be unable to
sustain our current business models or profits.
Many patents have been issued that may apply to widely used game technologies.
Additionally, infringement claims under many recently issued patents are now
being asserted against Internet implementations of existing games. Several such
claims have been asserted against us. Such claims can harm our business. We
incur substantial expenses in evaluating and defending against such claims,
regardless of the merits of the claims. In the event that there is a
determination that we have infringed a third-party patent, we could incur
significant monetary liability and be prevented from using the rights in the
future.
Other intellectual property claims may increase our product costs or require us
to cease selling affected products.
Many of our products include extremely realistic graphical images, and we
expect that as technology continues to advance, images will become even more
realistic. Some of the images and other content are based on real-world
examples that may inadvertently infringe upon the intellectual property rights
of others. Although we believe that we make reasonable efforts to ensure that
our products do not violate the intellectual property rights of others, it is
possible that third parties still may claim infringement. From time to time, we
receive communications from third parties regarding such claims. Existing or
future infringement claims against us, whether valid or not, may be time
consuming and expensive to defend. Such claims or litigations could require us
to stop selling the affected products, redesign those products to avoid
infringement, or obtain a license, all of which would be costly and harm our
business.
Our business, our products and our distribution are subject to increasing
regulation in key territories of content, consumer privacy and online delivery.
If we do not successfully respond to these regulations, our business may
suffer.
Legislation is continually being introduced that may affect both the content of
our products and their distribution. For example, privacy laws in the United
States and Europe impose various restrictions on our web sites. Those rules
vary by territory although the Internet recognizes no geographical boundaries.
Other countries, such as Germany, have adopted laws regulating content both in
packaged goods and those transmitted over the Internet that are stricter than
current United States laws. In the United States, the federal and several state
governments are considering content restrictions on products such as ours, as
well as restrictions on distribution of such products. Any one or more of these
factors could harm our business by limiting the products we are able to offer
to our customers and by requiring additional differentiation between products
for different territories to address varying regulations. This additional
product differentiation would be costly.
If we do not consistently meet our product development schedules, we will
experience fluctuations in our operating results.
Our ability to meet product development schedules is affected by a number of
factors, including the creative processes involved, the coordination of large
and sometimes geographically dispersed development teams required by the
increasing complexity of our products, and the need to refine and tune our
products prior to their release. We have in the past experienced development
delays for several of our products. Failure to meet anticipated production or
go live schedules may cause a shortfall in our revenue and profitability and
cause our operating results to be materially different from expectations.
Delays that prevent release of our products during peak selling seasons or in
conjunction with specific events, such as the release of a related movie or the
beginning of a sports season or major sporting event, could adversely affect
our financial performance.
Technology changes rapidly in our business, and if we fail to anticipate new
technologies, the quality, timeliness and competitiveness of our products will
suffer.
Rapid technology changes in our industry require us to anticipate, sometimes
years in advance, which technologies our products must take advantage of in
order to make them competitive in the market at the time they are released.
Therefore, we usually start our product development with a range of technical
development goals that we hope to be able to achieve. We may not be able to
34
achieve these goals, or our competition may be able to achieve them more
quickly than we can. In either case, our products may be technologically
inferior to competitive products, or less appealing to consumers, or both. If
we cannot achieve our technology goals within the original development schedule
of our products, then we may delay products until these technology goals can be
achieved, which may delay or reduce revenue and increase our development
expenses. Alternatively, we may increase the resources employed in research and
development in an attempt to accelerate our development of new technologies,
either to preserve our product launch schedule or to keep up with our
competition, which would increase our development expenses.
If we do not continue to attract and retain key personnel, we will be unable to
effectively conduct our business.
The market for technical, creative, marketing and other personnel essential to
the development and marketing of our products and management of our businesses
is extremely competitive. Our leading position within the interactive
entertainment industry makes us a prime target for recruiting of executives and
key creative talent. If we cannot successfully recruit and retain the employees
we need, or replace key employees following their departure, our ability to
develop and manage our businesses will be impaired.
Our platform licensors are our chief competitors and frequently control the
manufacturing of and/or access to our videogame products. If they do not
approve our products, we will be unable to ship to our customers.
Our agreements with hardware licensors (such as Sony for the PlayStation 2,
Microsoft for the Xbox and Nintendo for the Nintendo GameCube) typically give
significant control to the licensor over the approval and manufacturing of our
products, which could, in certain circumstances, leave us unable to get our
products approved, manufactured and shipped to customers. These hardware
licensors are also our chief competitors. In most events, control of the
approval and manufacturing process by the platform licensors increases both our
manufacturing lead times and costs as compared to those we can achieve
independently. While we believe that our relationships with our hardware
licensors are currently good, the potential for these licensors to delay or
refuse to approve or manufacture our products exists. Such occurrences would
harm our business and our financial performance.
We compete directly with Microsoft and Sony for sales of products with online
capabilities. We also require compatibility code and the consent of each in
order to include online capabilities in our products for their respective
platforms. As online capabilities for videogame platforms become more
significant, Microsoft and Sony could restrict our ability to provide online
capabilities for our console platform products. If Microsoft or Sony refused to
approve our products with online capabilities or significantly impacted the
financial terms on which these services are offered to our customers, our
business could be harmed.
Our international net revenue is subject to currency fluctuations.
For the three months ended June 30, 2004, international net revenue comprised
51 percent of our total net revenue. For the three months ended June 30, 2003,
international net revenue comprised 44 percent of total net revenue. We expect
foreign sales to continue to account for a significant portion of our net
revenue. Such sales are subject to unexpected regulatory requirements, tariffs
and other barriers. Additionally, foreign sales are primarily made in local
currencies, which may fluctuate against the dollar. While we utilize foreign
exchange forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency risk associated with
foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities (primarily certain
intercompany receivables and payables) and foreign currency option contracts to
hedge foreign currency forecasted transactions (primarily related to revenue
generated by our operational subsidiaries), our results of operations and
financial condition may, nonetheless, be adversely affected by foreign currency
fluctuations.
Our reported financial results could be affected if significant changes in
current accounting principles are adopted.
Recent actions and public comments from the SEC have focused on the integrity
of financial reporting generally. Similarly, Congress has considered a variety
of bills that could affect certain accounting principles. The FASB and other
regulatory accounting agencies have recently introduced several new or proposed
accounting standards, such as accounting for stock options, some of which
represent a significant change from current practices. For example, changes in
our accounting for stock options could materially increase our reported
expenses.
35
The majority of our sales are made to a relatively small number of key
customers. If these customers reduce their purchases of our products or become
unable to pay for them, our business could be harmed.
In the U.S. in the three months ended June 30, 2004, over 65 percent of our
sales were made to six key customers. In Europe, our top ten customers
accounted for over 35 percent of our sales in that territory in the three
months ended June 30, 2004. Worldwide, we had direct sales to one customer,
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., which represented 12 percent of total net revenue during
the three months ended June 30, 2004. Though our products are available to
consumers through a variety of retailers, the concentration of our sales in
one, or a few, large customers could lead to short-term disruption in our sales
if one or more of these customers significantly reduced their purchases or
ceased to carry our products, and could make us more vulnerable to collection
risk if one or more of these large customers became unable to pay for our
products. Additionally, our receivables from these large customers increase
significantly in the December quarter as they stock up for the holiday selling
season. Also, having such a large portion of our total net revenue
concentrated in a few customers reduces our negotiating leverage with these
customers.
Acquisitions, investments and other strategic transactions could result in
operating difficulties, dilution to our investors and other negative
consequences.
We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, a wide array of
potential strategic transactions, including (1) acquisitions of companies,
businesses, intellectual properties, and other assets, and (2) investments in
new interactive entertainment businesses (for example, online and mobile
games). Any of these strategic transactions could be material to our financial
condition and results of operations. Although we regularly search for
opportunities to engage in strategic transactions, we may not be successful in
identifying suitable opportunities. We may not be able to consummate potential
acquisitions or investments or an acquisition or investment may not enhance our
business or may decrease rather than increase our earnings. In addition, the
process of integrating an acquired company or business, or successfully
exploiting acquired intellectual property or other assets, could divert a
significant amount of our managements time and focus and may create unforeseen
operating difficulties and expenditures. Additional risks we face include:
Future acquisitions and investments could involve the issuance of our equity
securities, potentially diluting our existing stockholders, the incurrence of
debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of
goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Our stockholders
may not have the opportunity to review, vote on or evaluate future acquisitions
or investments.
We have begun the implementation of a common set of financial information
systems throughout our worldwide organization, which, if not completed in a
successful and timely manner, could impede our ability to accurately process,
prepare and analyze important financial data.
As part of our effort to improve efficiencies throughout our worldwide
organization, we have begun the implementation of a common set of practices,
processes and financial information systems. The successful conversion from
our current financial information systems to new financial information systems
entails a number of risks due to the complexity of the conversion and
implementation process. Such risks include verifying the accuracy of the
business data and information prior to conversion, the actual conversion of
that data and information to the new systems and then using that business data
and information in the new systems after the conversion. In addition, because
the implementation is company-wide, there is a need for substantial and
comprehensive company-wide employee training. While testing of these new
systems and processes and training of employees are done in advance of
implementation, there are inherent limitations in our ability to simulate a
full-scale operating environment in advance of implementation. Finally, there
can be no assurance that the conversion to, and the implementation of, the new
financial information systems will not impede our ability to accurately and
timely process, prepare and analyze the financial data
36
we use in making operating decisions and which form the basis of the financial
information we include in the periodic reports we file with the SEC.
Our products are subject to the threat of piracy by a variety of organizations
and individuals. If we are not successful in combating and preventing piracy,
our sales and profitability could be harmed significantly.
In many countries around the world, more pirated copies of our products are
sold than legitimate copies. Though piracy has not had a material impact on
our operating results to date, highly organized pirate operations have been
expanding globally. In addition, the proliferation of technology designed to
circumvent the protection measures we use in our products, the availability of
broadband access to the Internet, the ability to download pirated copies of our
games from various Internet sites, and the widespread proliferation of Internet
cafes using pirated copies of our products, all have contributed to ongoing and
expanding piracy. Though we take steps to make the unauthorized copying and
distribution of our products more difficult, as do the manufacturers of
consoles on which our games are played, neither our efforts nor those of the
console manufacturers may be successful in controlling the piracy of our
products. This could have a negative effect on our growth and profitability in
the future.
Our stock price has been volatile and may continue to fluctuate significantly.
As a result of the factors discussed in this report and other factors that may
arise in the future, the market price of our common stock historically has
been, and we expect will continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations.
These fluctuations may be due to factors specific to us, to changes in
analysts earnings estimates, to factors affecting the computer, software,
Internet, entertainment, media or electronics businesses, or to national and
international economic conditions.
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency
exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising
from changes in market rates and prices. Foreign exchange forward and option
contracts used to either mitigate or hedge foreign currency exposures and
short-term investments are subject to market risk. We do not consider our cash
and cash equivalents to be subject to interest rate risk due to their short
maturities. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for
trading or speculative purposes.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
From time to time, we hedge our foreign currency risk related to anticipated
future sales transactions by purchasing option contracts that generally have
maturities of 15 months or less. If qualified, these transactions are
designated as cash flow hedges. For the three months ended June 30, 2004, we
recognized a loss of $0.6 million in earnings associated with the time value of
these option contracts.
The counterparties to these forward and options contracts are creditworthy
multinational commercial and investment banks. The risks of counterparty
nonperformance associated with these contracts are not considered to be
material. Notwithstanding our efforts to manage foreign exchange risks, there
can be no assurances that our mitigating or hedging activities will adequately
protect us against the risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations.
The following table provides information about our foreign currency forward and
option contracts as of June 30, 2004. The information is provided in U.S.
dollar equivalents and presents the notional amount (forward or option amount),
the weighted-
37
average contractual foreign currency exchange rates and fair value. The fair
value of our forward and option contracts are recorded in other current assets
on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
38
Interest Rate Risk
As of June 30, 2004, our cash equivalents and short-term investments included
$2.3 billion of debt securities, consisting primarily of U.S. agency bonds,
money market funds and municipal securities. Notwithstanding our efforts to
manage interest rate risks, there can be no assurances that we will be
adequately protected against the risks associated with interest rate
fluctuations.
The table below presents the amounts and related weighted-average interest
rates of our investment portfolio as of June 30, 2004 (in thousands):
Maturity dates for short-term investments range from 4 months to 26 months,
with call dates ranging from 1 month to 7 months.
39
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Definition and limitations of disclosure controls.
Our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) are controls and other
procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be
disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this report, is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified
in the SECs rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures are also
designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial and
Administrative Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure. Our management evaluates these controls and procedures on
an ongoing basis.
There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure
controls and procedures. These limitations include the possibility of human
error, the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures and
reasonable resource constraints. In addition, because we have designed our
system of controls based on certain assumptions, which we believe are
reasonable, about the likelihood of future events, our system of controls may
not achieve its desired purpose under all possible future conditions.
Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable
assurance, but not absolute assurance, of achieving their objectives.
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
Our Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, after evaluating the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, believe that as of the
end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective in providing the requisite reasonable assurance that
material information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or
submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and is
accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, as appropriate to allow
timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
Changes in internal controls.
During our last fiscal quarter, no change
occurred in our internal control over financial reporting that materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting. However, following the enactment of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related SEC regulations, we have enhanced our internal
controls and disclosure systems through various measures including: detailing
certain internal accounting policies; establishing a disclosure committee for
the preparation of all periodic SEC reports; establishing an internal audit
function; requiring certifications from various trial balance controllers and
other financial personnel responsible for our financial statements; and
automated certain manual-entry royalty accounting activities through the
implementation of new software management systems.
40
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
% of Net
% of Net
June 30, 2004
Revenue
June 30, 2003
Revenue
% Change
$ 176,755
40.9
%
$ 149,963
42.4
%
17.9
%
Table of Contents
Decreased third-party development royalties primarily due to a higher
mix of titles developed internally rather than externally in the three
months ended June 30, 2004. Two major titles that were released during
the three months ended June 30, 2004 were primarily developed internally
as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003 during which all of
the major titles released had external development costs. We estimate
that lower development royalties spread across multiple platforms
increased gross margin by 3.8 percentage points.
Lower co-publishing and distribution royalties as a percentage of net
revenue due to the sales of
Devil May Cry 2
during the three months
ended June 30, 2003 which had a high royalty rate. Also, the lower
proportion of co-publishing and distribution net revenue during the
three months ended June 30, 2004 compared to the three months ended June
30, 2003 decreased the overall royalty rate as co-publishing and
distribution products have higher royalty rates. We estimate that lower
co-publishing and distribution royalties as a percentage of net revenue
increased gross margin by 2.1 percentage points.
Partially offset by higher license royalty rates as a percentage of
net revenue, as
Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban
had a higher
license royalty rate than major titles released during the three months
ended June 30, 2003. We estimate that higher license royalty rates, as
a percentage of net revenue, decreased gross margin by 1.1 percentage
points.
Higher inventory management costs in Europe and a lower proportion of
PC net revenue in the three months ended June 30, 2004 compared to the
three months ended June 30, 2003 caused an increase in the overall
product costs as PC platform products tend to have higher gross margins
and lower product costs as a percentage of net revenue.
The release of
Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban
in the three
months ended June 30, 2004, which had a lower average selling price than
prior year franchise titles such as
NBA STREET Vol. 2
and
Def Jam VENDETTA.
Decreased average selling prices on PC titles that had been in
release for more than nine months.
% of Net
% of Net
June 30, 2004
Revenue
June 30, 2003
Revenue
$ Change
% Change
$ 63,220
14.6
%
$ 59,084
16.7
%
$
4,136
7.0
%
A 12 percent increase in headcount to further support the growth of
our marketing and sales functions worldwide, which resulted in an
increase to personnel-related costs of approximately $2.6 million.
An increase in our facilities-related expenses of $1.5 million to
help support the growth of our marketing and sales functions worldwide.
Table of Contents
% of Net
% of Net
June 30, 2004
Revenue
June 30, 2003
Revenue
$ Change
% Change
$ 35,054
8.1
%
$ 30,760
8.7
%
$ 4,294
14.0
%
An increase of approximately $3.5 million in professional and
contract services.
An increase of approximately 15 percent, or $3.0 million, in
personnel-related costs to support the continued growth of our business.
% of Net
% of Net
June 30, 2004
Revenue
June 30, 2003
Revenue
$ Change
% Change
$ 130,642
30.3
%
$ 91,122
25.8
%
$ 39,520
43.4
%
Increases in personnel-related costs of $22.7 million, of which
approximately $17.0 million resulted primarily from a 28 percent
increase in regular full-time employee headcount.
An overall increase in external development expenses of $14.3 million
primarily related to the development of new products with our
co-publishing partners.
An increase of $2.2 million in facilities-related expenses to support
our studio expansions in North America and Japan.
Table of Contents
% of Net
% of Net
June 30, 2004
Revenue
June 30, 2003
Revenue
$ Change
% Change
$ 9,159
2.1
%
$ 4,849
1.4
%
$
4,310
88.9
%
A net benefit of $2.6 million from our foreign currency activities in
the three months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months
ended June 30, 2003.
An increase in interest income of $0.8 million as a result of higher
average cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments balances in
the current year partially offset by a lower average yield.
An increase in other income as we recorded $0.5 million in income
related to our equity investment in Digital Illusions, C.E.
Effective
Effective
June 30, 2004
Tax Rate
June 30, 2003
Tax Rate
% Change
$ 9,894
29.0
%
$ 8,253
31.0
%
19.9
%
Table of Contents
Three Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
(In millions)
2004
2003
Increase
$
2,369
$
1,622
$
747
2
1
1
$
2,371
$
1,623
$
748
70.4%
67.3%
Three Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
(In millions)
2004
2003
Decrease
$
(66
)
$
(34
)
$
(32
)
(996
)
(180
)
(816
)
44
71
(27
)
1
4
(3
)
$
(1,017
)
$
(139
)
$
(878
)
During the three months ended June 30, 2004, we used $65.8 million of cash in
operating activities as compared to $34.3 million for the three months ended
June 30, 2003. The decrease in cash flow was primarily the result of the timing
of collection of our sales, which occurred later in the three months ended June
30, 2004 as compared to the three months ended June 30, 2003. We expect this to
favorably impact our operating cash flow during the three month period ended
September 30, 2004. We expect to generate significant operating cash flow
during the remainder of fiscal 2005. For the three months ended June 30, 2004,
our primary use of cash in non-operating activities consisted of net purchases
of $985.1 million in short-term investments and $26.1 million in capital
expenditures, primarily related to the expansions of our Los Angeles and
Vancouver studios. These non-operating expenditures were partially offset by
$44.3 million in proceeds from the sale of our common stock through stock plans
and $15.4 million in proceeds from the sale of property during the three months
ended June 30, 2004. We anticipate making continued capital investments in our
Vancouver studio during the remainder of fiscal 2005.
Our gross accounts receivable balance was $291.1 million and $366.6 million as
of June 30, 2004 and March 31, 2004, respectively. The decrease in our accounts
receivable balance was expected as we traditionally have lower sales during our
first quarter as compared to our fourth quarter. We expect our accounts
receivable balance to increase during the three months ended September 30, 2004
based on our seasonal product release schedule. Reserves for sales returns,
pricing allowances and doubtful accounts decreased from $154.7 million as of
March 31, 2004 to $121.5 million as of June 30, 2004. Both the sales return and
price protection reserves decreased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of
trailing six and nine month net revenue as of June 30, 2004. We believe these
reserves are adequate based on historical experience and our current estimate
of potential returns and allowances.
Inventories decreased slightly to $53.0 million as of June 30, 2004 from $55.1
million as of March 31, 2004 primarily as a result of overall lower activity
during the three months ended June 30, 2004 as compared to the three months
ended March 31, 2004. We typically have a higher inventory balance, as a
percentage of net revenue, on hand in Europe compared to North America, due to
the need to provide multiple language versions of each title in that region. No
single title represented more than $4.0 million of inventory as of June 30,
2004.
Table of Contents
Other current assets increased slightly to $163.2 million as of June 30, 2004
from $161.9 million as of March 31, 2004 primarily due to an increase in our
VAT receivable partially offset by a decrease in other receivables. We expect
our VAT receivable to decrease in the three months ended September 30, 2004.
Accounts payable decreased to $65.6 million as of June 30, 2004 from $114.1
million as of March 31, 2004 primarily due to the lower sales volume we
experienced in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 as compared to the fourth
quarter of fiscal 2004.
Our accrued and other liabilities decreased to $520.4 million as of June 30,
2004 from $630.1 million as of March 31, 2004, primarily as a result of payment
of our fiscal 2004 bonus accrual and royalty payments for development. We
anticipate our accrued and other liabilities balance will decline following tax
payments we anticipate making during the three months ended September 30, 2004.
We believe the existing cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments,
marketable equity securities and cash generated from operations will be
sufficient to meet our operating requirements for at least the next twelve
months, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures and
potential future acquisitions or strategic investments. We may choose at any
time to raise additional capital to strengthen our financial position,
facilitate expansion, pursue strategic investments or to take advantage of
business opportunities as they arise. There can be no guarantee that such
additional capital will be available to us on favorable terms, if at all, or
that it will not result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders.
In July 2002, we provided an irrevocable standby letter of credit to Nintendo
of Europe. The standby letter of credit guarantees performance of our
obligations to pay Nintendo of Europe for trade payables of up to 8.0 million.
The standby letter of credit expires in July 2005. As of June 30, 2004, we had
0.7 million payable to Nintendo of Europe covered by this standby letter of
credit.
Table of Contents
The products produced by our studios are designed and created by our employee
designers, artists, software programmers and by non-employee software
developers (independent artists or third-party developers). We typically
advance development funds to the independent artists and third-party developers
during development of our games, usually in installment payments made upon the
completion of specified development milestones. Contractually, these payments
are considered advances against subsequent royalties on the sales of the
products. These terms are set forth in written agreements entered into with the
independent artists and third-party developers. In addition, we have certain
celebrity, league and content license contracts that contain minimum guarantee
payments and marketing commitments that are not dependent on any deliverables.
Celebrities and organizations with whom we have contracts include: FIFA and
UEFA (professional soccer); NASCAR (stock car racing); John Madden
(professional football); National Basketball Association (professional
basketball); PGA TOUR (professional golf); Tiger Woods (professional golf);
National Hockey League and NHLPA (professional hockey); Warner Bros. (Harry
Potter, Catwoman and Superman); MGM/Danjaq (James Bond); New Line Productions
(The Lord of the Rings); National Football League and Players Inc.
(professional football); Collegiate Licensing Company (collegiate football and
basketball); ISC (stock car racing); Major League Baseball Properties; MLB
Players Association (professional baseball) and Island Def Jam (fighting).
These developer and content license commitments represent the sum of (i) the
cash payments due under non-royalty-bearing licenses and services agreements,
and (ii) the minimum payments and advances against royalties due under
royalty-bearing licenses and services agreements that are conditional upon
performance by the counterparty. These minimum guarantee payments and marketing
commitments are included in the table below.
We are subject to pending claims and litigation. Management, after
review and consultation with legal counsel, considers that any
liability from the disposition of such lawsuits would not have a
material adverse effect upon our consolidated financial condition or
results of operations.
We have entered into an indemnification agreement with the members of
our Board of Directors to indemnify our Directors to the extent
permitted by law against any and all liabilities, costs, expenses,
amounts paid in settlement and damages incurred by the Directors as a
result of any lawsuit, or any judicial, administrative or
investigative proceeding in which the Directors are sued as a result
of their service as a member of our Board of Directors.
On June 24, 2002, we hired Warren Jenson and agreed to loan him $4,000,000, to
be forgiven over four years based on his continuing employment. The loan does
not bear interest. On June 24, 2004, pursuant to the terms of the loan
agreement, we forgave two million dollars of the loan and provided Mr. Jenson
approximately $1.6 million to offset the tax implications of the
forgiveness. As of June 30, 2004, the remaining outstanding loan balance was
$2,000,000, which will be forgiven on June 24, 2006, provided that Mr. Jenson
has not voluntarily resigned his employment with us or been terminated for
cause prior to that time. No additional funds will be provided to offset the
tax implications of the forgiveness of the remaining two million dollars.
Table of Contents
We lease certain of our current facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating lease agreements. We are required to pay property
taxes, insurance and normal maintenance costs for certain of our facilities and
will be required to pay any increases over the base year of these expenses on
the remainder of our facilities.
Actual as of
Financial Covenants
Requirement
June 30, 2004
$1,702 million
$2,746 million
3.00
29.76
60%
8.3%
1.00
10.20
1.75
N/A
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
The need to implement or remediate controls, procedures and policies
appropriate for a public company in an acquired company that, prior to
the acquisition, lacked these controls, procedures and policies,
Cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from an
acquired company or business into our organization,
Retaining employees from the businesses we acquire,
The need to integrate an acquired companys accounting, management
information, human resource and other administrative systems to permit
effective management, and
To the extent that we engage in strategic transactions outside of the
United States, we face additional risks, including risks related to
integration of operations across different cultures and languages,
currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory
risks associated with specific countries.
Table of Contents
We utilize foreign exchange forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency risk
associated with foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, primarily
certain intercompany receivables and payables. Our foreign exchange forward
contracts are accounted for as derivatives whereby the gains and losses on
these contracts are reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Gains and losses on open contracts at the end of each accounting
period resulting from changes in the forward rate are recognized in earnings
and are designed to offset gains and losses on the underlying
foreign-currency-denominated assets and liabilities. As of June 30, 2004, we
had foreign exchange forward contracts, all with maturities of less than one
month, to sell approximately $188.6 million in foreign currencies, consisting
primarily of British Pounds, Euros and Japanese Yen. Of this amount, $180.4
million represents contracts to sell foreign currency in exchange for U.S.
dollars and $8.2 million represents contracts to sell foreign currency in
exchange for British Pounds.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Our exposure to market rate risk for changes in interest rates relates
primarily to our investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial
instruments in our investment portfolio. We manage our interest rate risk by
maintaining an investment portfolio primarily consisting of debt instruments of
high credit quality and relatively short average maturities. Though we maintain
sufficient cash and cash equivalent balances such that we are typically able to
hold our investments to maturity, currently, the majority of our investments
are callable by the issuer.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART II OTHER INFORMATION
41
Item 1.
Legal Proceedings
Legal Proceedings
We are subject to pending claims and litigation. Our management,
after review and consultation with counsel, considers that any
liability from the disposition of such lawsuits, individually or in
the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect upon our
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
Item 6.
Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K
(a)
Table of Contents
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
42
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
EXHIBIT INDEX
43
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
(Registrant)
/s/ Warren C. Jenson
WARREN C. JENSON
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
Table of Contents
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2004
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
(a Delaware Corporation)
As Amended through July 29, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
|
||||
Article I STOCKHOLDERS
|
1 | |||
Section 1.1: Location of Stockholder Meetings
|
1 | |||
Section 1.2: Annual Meetings
|
1 | |||
Section 1.3: Special Meetings
|
3 | |||
Section 1.4: Notice of Meetings
|
3 | |||
Section 1.5: Quorum and Required Vote
|
3 | |||
Section 1.6: Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings
|
4 | |||
Section 1.7: Organization
|
4 | |||
Section 1.8: Voting; Proxies
|
4 | |||
Section 1.9: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record
|
5 | |||
Section 1.10: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
|
5 | |||
Section 1.11: Inspector(s) of Elections
|
5 | |||
Article II BOARD OF DIRECTORS
|
6 | |||
Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications
|
6 | |||
Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies
|
6 | |||
Section 2.3: Regular Meetings
|
6 | |||
Section 2.4: Special Meetings
|
6 | |||
Section 2.5: Waiver of Notice
|
6 | |||
Section 2.6: Electronic Meetings Permitted
|
6 | |||
Section 2.7: Quorum; Vote Required for Action
|
7 | |||
Section 2.8: Organization
|
7 | |||
Section 2.9: Action Without Meeting
|
7 | |||
Section 2.10: Powers
|
7 | |||
Section 2.11: Compensation of Directors
|
7 | |||
Article III COMMITTEES
|
7 |
i
Section 3.1: Committees
|
7 | |||
Section 3.2: Conduct of Business
|
8 | |||
Article IV OFFICERS
|
8 | |||
Section 4.1: Generally
|
8 | |||
Section 4.2: Chairman of the Board
|
8 | |||
Section 4.3: President
|
8 | |||
Section 4.4: Vice President
|
8 | |||
Section 4.5: Chief Financial Officer
|
8 | |||
Section 4.6: Treasurer
|
8 | |||
Section 4.7: Secretary
|
8 | |||
Section 4.8: Delegation of Authority
|
9 | |||
Section 4.9: Removal
|
9 | |||
Article V STOCK
|
9 | |||
Section 5.1: Certificates
|
9 | |||
Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificate
|
9 | |||
Section 5.3: Transfers of Stock
|
9 | |||
Section 5.4: Other Regulations
|
9 | |||
Article VI INDEMNIFICATION
|
9 | |||
Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors
|
9 | |||
Section 6.2: Advancement of Expenses
|
10 | |||
Section 6.3: Non-Exclusively of Rights
|
10 | |||
Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts
|
10 | |||
Section 6.5: Effect of Amendment
|
10 | |||
Article VII NOTICES
|
10 | |||
Section 7.1: Notices
|
10 | |||
Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice
|
10 | |||
Article VIII INTERESTED DIRECTORS
|
11 | |||
Section 8.1: Interested Directors
|
11 |
ii
Article IX MISCELLANEOUS
|
11 | |||
Section 9.1: Fiscal Year
|
11 | |||
Section 9.2: Seal
|
11 | |||
Section 9.3: Reliance Upon Books and Records
|
11 | |||
Section 9.4: Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation Governs
|
11 | |||
Section 9.5: Severability
|
11 | |||
Article X AMENDMENTS
|
12 | |||
Section 10.1: Amendments
|
12 |
iii
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC .
(a Delaware Corporation)
As Amended through July 29, 2004
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1: Location of Stockholder Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL).
Section 1.2: Annual Meetings.
(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. If no annual meeting is held in accordance with the foregoing provisions, a special meeting may be held in lieu of the annual meeting, and any action taken at that special meeting shall have the same effect as if it had been taken at the annual meeting, and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be deemed to refer to such special meeting.
(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporations notice of such meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholders notice provided for in Section 1.2(c) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.2.
(c) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 1.2(b) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in clause (iii) of the last sentence of this Section 1.2(c)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporations voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporations voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to
1
this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 1.2. To be timely, a stockholders notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the first anniversary (the Anniversary) of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding years annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above. Such stockholders notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) including such persons written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporations voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporations voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a Solicitation Notice).
(d) Notwithstanding anything in the third sentence of Section 1.2(c) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary, a stockholders notice required by this Section 1.2 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(e) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.2 (with respect to an annual meeting) or Section 1.3 below (with respect to a special meeting) shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.2 or Section 1.3 below, respectively. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(f) For purposes of these Bylaws, public announcement shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
2
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.2, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the Corporations proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders meeting, stockholders must also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 1.2. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
Section 1.3: Special Meetings.
(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.
(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in these Bylaws who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 1.2 of these Bylaws. For nominations by stockholders of persons for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting to be eligible for consideration at the meeting, the stockholders notice required by Section 1.2(c) of these Bylaws must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholders notice as described above.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 1.3. Nothing in this Section 1.3 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
Section 1.4: Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise required herein or provided by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to, in a manner consistent with Delaware law, by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Notices of all meetings of stockholders shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting of stockholders shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
Section 1.5: Quorum and Required Vote. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute, the Corporations Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Certificate of Incorporation) or these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange or Nasdaq rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the
3
majority of shares entitled to be cast on the matter, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting for or against the matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series entitled to be cast on the matter, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and voting for or against the matter shall be the act of such class or classes or series.
Section 1.6: Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time by the chairman of the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 1.7: Organization.
(a) Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board of Directors may designate, or, in the absence of such person, the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence, the President of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairman of the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
(b) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.
Section 1.8: Voting; Proxies. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 1.10 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may do so in person or by remote communication if applicable, or may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by
4
applicable law, including electronic transmission. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this Section 1.8 may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Voting at any meeting of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless such is demanded at the meeting before voting begins by any stockholder or by such stockholders proxy. If a vote is to be taken by written ballot, then each such ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as the chairman of the meeting deems appropriate, and the ballots shall be counted by one or more inspectors appointed pursuant to Section 1.11 of these Bylaws.
Section 1.9: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 1.10: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that information to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.
Section 1.11: Inspector(s) of Elections. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more Inspector(s) to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. If Inspector(s) are not so appointed or if the person(s) so appointed fail to appear or act, the person presiding at such meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more Inspector(s). Each Inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such duties may include, but need not be limited to (i) determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determining the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, (iii) receiving votes, ballots and consents, (iv) hearing and determining all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, (v) counting and tabulating all votes, ballots or consents, (vi) determining the results of elections and votes, (vii) retaining for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the Inspector(s), and (viii) doing such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting or any stockholder entitled to vote thereon, the Inspector(s) shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the votes as certified by them.
5
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding: (i) any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote in an election of directors and (ii) any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum (and not by stockholders), and, notwithstanding Section 1.2(e) of these Bylaws, directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders or until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 2.3: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine and publicize among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone (including a voice messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages), facsimile, telegraph, telex or electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice of regular meetings shall be required.
Section 2.4: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, by the director selected by the independent directors to serve as the Lead Director (if a director has been so selected and is serving in such capacity prior to the meeting), or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person(s) calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given orally or in writing, by telephone (including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages), facsimile, telegraph, telex, or electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
Section 2.5: Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as if such business had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.
Section 2.6: Electronic Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of
6
conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.7: Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or as required by law, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.8: Organization. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board; or in his or her absence, by the director selected by the independent directors to serve as the Lead Director (if a director has been so selected and is serving in such capacity prior to the meeting); or in his or her absence, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.9: Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the meetings are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.10: Powers. The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
Section 2.11: Compensation of Directors. Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 3.1: Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation; and unless the resolution of the Board of Directors expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, authorize the issuance of stock or adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to the DGCL.
7
Section 3.2: Conduct of Business. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.1: Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and/or a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers, including a Chairman of the Board of Directors and/or Chief Financial Officer, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal (pursuant to Section 4.9 below) or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.2: Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.3: President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and the affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors. The President shall have general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.
Section 4.4: Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the Presidents absence or disability.
Section 4.5: Chief Financial Officer. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the President, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief financial officer.
Section 4.6: Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such powers as are commonly incident to the office of treasurer, or as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.7: Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of secretary, or as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.
8
Section 4.8: Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
Section 4.9: Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 5.1: Certificates. Shares of the Companys stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under the DGCL. All certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holders name and number of shares and shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.
Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owners legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 5.3: Transfers of Stock. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by record holder of such stock, or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate.
Section: 5.4: Other Regulations. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she (or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or Reincorporated Predecessor (including any constituent corporation) as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however , that the Corporation shall
9
indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. As used herein, the term Reincorporated Predecessor means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; and (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor.
Section 6.2: Advancement of Expenses. Subject to compliance with applicable laws, regulations and rules, the Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by such a director or officer in defending any such proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that if the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and provided, further , that the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a proceeding, alleging that such person has breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.
Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion and subject to compliance with applicable laws, regulations and rules, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.
Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts. Subject to compliance with applicable laws, regulations and rules, the Board of Directors is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.
Section 6.5: Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
NOTICES
Section 7.1: Notices. Except otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, telex, overnight express courier, mailgram, facsimile or any other means of electronic transmission permitted by Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such persons address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision by these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver notice of such meeting, except when
10
the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII
INTERESTED DIRECTORS
Section 8.1: Interested Directors; Quorum. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract transaction.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 9.2: Seal. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 9.3: Reliance Upon Books and Records.
A member of the Board of
Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors
shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying
in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information,
opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the
Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors,
or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within
such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected
with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 9.4: Certificate of Incorporation Governs.
In the event of any
conflict between the provisions of the Corporations Certificate of
Incorporation and these Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation shall govern.
Section 9.5: Severability.
If any provision of these Bylaws shall be
held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions
of the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall
nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such
holding and the remaining provisions of the Bylaws (including without
limitation all portions of any section of these
11
Bylaws containing any such provisions held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable, or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
Section 10.1: Amendments. Stockholders of the Corporation holding a majority of the Corporations outstanding voting stock shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation. To the extent provided in the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, except insofar as Bylaws adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise provide.
12
EXHIBIT 10.37
LEASE BETWEEN
ASP WT, L.L.C.
AND
TIBURON ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
FOR SPACE AT
Summit Park I
June 15, 2004
DATE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH | PAGE | |||||
1.1
|
DEFINITIONS | 1 | ||||
1.2
|
SCHEDULES AND ADDENDA | 2 | ||||
2.1
|
LEASE OF PREMISES | 2 | ||||
2.2
|
PRIOR OCCUPANCY | 2 | ||||
3.1
|
RENT | 3 | ||||
3.2
|
DEPOSIT; PREPAID RENT | 3 | ||||
3.3
|
OPERATING COSTS | 3 | ||||
3.4
|
TAXES | 4 | ||||
4.1
|
CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS | 4 | ||||
4.2
|
COMMENCEMENT OF POSSESSION | 5 | ||||
5.1
|
PROJECT SERVICES | 5 | ||||
5.2
|
INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES | 5 | ||||
6.1
|
USE OF LEASED PREMISES | 6 | ||||
6.2
|
INSURANCE | 7 | ||||
6.3
|
REPAIRS | 8 | ||||
6.4
|
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING | 8 | ||||
6.5
|
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE | 9 | ||||
7.1
|
ADDITIONAL RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD | 9 | ||||
8.1
|
CASUALTY AND UNTENANTABILITY | 10 | ||||
9.1
|
CONDEMNATION | 10 | ||||
10.1
|
WAIVER AND INDEMNITY | 11 | ||||
10.2
|
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION | 11 | ||||
10.3
|
LIMITATION OF LANDLORDS LIABILITY | 11 | ||||
11.1
|
TENANTS DEFAULT | 11 | ||||
11.2
|
REMEDIES OF LANDLORD | 12 | ||||
12.1
|
SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES | 12 | ||||
12.2
|
HOLD OVER TENANCY | 13 | ||||
12.3
|
DOWNSIZING OPTION | 13 | ||||
12.4
|
RENEWAL OPTION | 13 | ||||
13.1
|
QUIET ENJOYMENT | 14 | ||||
13.2
|
ACCORD AND SATISFACTION | 14 | ||||
13.3
|
SEVERABILITY | 14 | ||||
13.4
|
SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT | 14 | ||||
13.5
|
ATTORNEYS FEES | 15 | ||||
13.6
|
APPLICABLE LAW | 15 | ||||
13.7
|
BINDING EFFECT; GENDER | 15 | ||||
13.8
|
TIME | 15 | ||||
13.9
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT | 15 | ||||
13.10
|
NOTICES | 15 | ||||
13.11
|
HEADINGS | 15 | ||||
13.12
|
STANDBY POWER/UPS | 15 | ||||
13.13
|
EXCLUSIVE USE | 16 | ||||
13.14
|
LOBBY/COURTYARD USE | 16 | ||||
13.15
|
SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT | 16 | ||||
13.16
|
BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS | 16 | ||||
13.17
|
BASE RENT ADJUSTMENT | 16 | ||||
13.18
|
RADON GAS | 16 | ||||
13.19
|
SIGNAGE | 17 | ||||
13.20
|
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL | 17 | ||||
13.21
|
RELOCATING SUITE 300 TENANT | 17 | ||||
13.22
|
GUARANTY | 17 |
LIST OF SCHEDULES
1. Description of Leased Premises
2. Rules and Regulations
3. Utility Services
4. Maintenance Services
5. Parking
6. Work Letter Agreement
7. Certificate of Acceptance
8. Guaranty
LEASE
This Lease is made June 15, 2004 between ASP WT, L.L.C. (Landlord), and TIBURON ENTERTAINMENT, INC. (Tenant).
ARTICLE ONE
Definitions, Schedules and Addenda
1.1 DEFINITIONS:
a. Leased Premises shall mean those suites/floors as described in Schedule 1.
b. Building shall mean Maitland Summit Park I located at 1950 Summit Park Drive, Orlando, Florida 32810.
c. Project shall mean Maitland Summit Park I located at 1950 Summit Park Drive, Orlando, Florida 32810 .
d. Tenants Square Footage shall mean 117,201 rentable square feet; Total Square Footage of the Building shall mean 128,240 rentable square feet.
e. Lease Commencement Date shall mean January 1, 2005 , which may be adjusted pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of this Lease; Lease Expiration Date shall mean June 30, 2010 , which may be adjusted pursuant to paragraph 4.2 of this Lease; Lease Term shall mean the period between Lease Commencement Date and Lease Expiration Date.
f. Base Rent shall mean $ 2,344,020.00 per year, payable in monthly installments of $ 195,335.00 , plus applicable sales tax, if any; the total Base Rent payable over the entire Lease Term is $ 13,203,473.99 , unless the options described under sections 12.3 or 12.4 are exercised.
g. Tenants Pro Rata Share shall mean 91.4 %.
h. Base Year shall mean the calendar year 2005 during which the Lease Commencement occurs.
i. Deposit shall mean $ - 0- ; Prepaid Rent shall mean $ -0- , of which $ -0- represents the first monthly installment of Base Rent, and $ -0- represents the last monthly installment of Base Rent.
j. Permitted Purpose shall mean general office use .
k. Authorized Number of Parking Spaces shall mean a minimum of 484 spaces at a rate of $ -0- per space per month.
l. Managing Agent shall mean Trammell Crow Company whose address is 1950 Summit Park Drive, Suite 100, Orlando, FL 32810.
m. Broker of Record shall mean Trammell Crow Company .
n. Cooperating Broker shall mean Advantis .
1
o. Landlords Mailing Address: Terrabrook, as Servicer for ASP WT, L.L.C., 3030 LBJ Freeway, Suite 1450, Dallas, Texas, 75234, telephone: 972-443-7200, and fax: 972-443-7210.
p. Tenants Mailing Address: 1950 Summit Park Drive, Orlando, Florida, 32810, telephone: , and fax: , with copy to 209 Redwood Shores Parkway, Redwood City, CA 94065, attn: Senior Director of Facilities .
q. Market Base Rent: shall mean market rents, Tenant improvements, rent concessions for renewing tenants in similar Class A office space in Maitland, Florida
1.2 SCHEDULES AND ADDENDA: The schedules and addenda listed below are incorporated into this Lease by reference unless lined out. The terms of schedules, exhibits and typewritten addenda, if any, attached or added hereto shall control over any inconsistent provisions in the paragraphs of this Lease.
a.
Schedule 1:
Description of Leased Premises and/or Floor Plan
b.
Schedule 2:
Rules and Regulations
c.
Schedule 3:
Utility Services
d.
Schedule 4:
Maintenance Services
e.
Schedule 5:
Parking
f.
Schedule 6:
Work Letter Agreement
g.
Schedule 7:
Certificate of Acceptance
h.
Schedule 8:
Guaranty
ARTICLE TWO
Premises
2.1 LEASE OF PREMISES: In consideration of the Rent and the provisions of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant accepts from Landlord the Leased Premises. Tenants Square Footage is a stipulated amount based on Landlords method of determining Total Square Footage for rental purposes and may not reflect the actual amount of floor space available for Tenants use.
2.2 PRIOR OCCUPANCY: Tenant shall not occupy the Leased Premises prior to Lease Commencement Date except with the express prior written consent of Landlord and in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 6 . If with Landlords consent, Tenant occupies the Leased Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Landlord only Tenants Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs for that portion of the Premises actually occupied by the Tenant, as defined in paragraph 3.3(a), from the first day of such occupancy to the Lease Commencement Date. These amounts will be payable on the first day of such occupancy and thereafter on the first day of every calendar month until the first day of the Lease Term. A prorated monthly installment shall be paid for the fraction of the month if Tenants occupancy of the Leased Premises commences on any day other than the first day of the month. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may occupy up to one full floor of the Premises rentable square feet prior to the Lease Commencement Date with the only cost to Tenant being the cost of the electricity used by Tenant. Additional space occupied prior to the Lease Commencement Date will include the costs of Tenants Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs, as set out above. If Tenant shall occupy the Leased Premises prior to Lease Commencement Date, all covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding on the parties commencing at such prior occupancy. Tenant shall be permitted to install Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment within the 60 days prior to the Lease Commencement Date.
2
ARTICLE THREE
Payment of Rent
3.1 RENT: Tenant shall pay each monthly installment of Base Rent in advance on the first calendar day of each month. During the Base Year, no Excess Operating Costs shall be paid by Tenant. For each calendar year following the Base Year, Tenant shall pay each monthly installment of Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs in advance together with each monthly installment of Base Rent. Monthly installments for any fractional calendar month, at the beginning or end of the Lease Term, shall be prorated based on the number of days in such month. Base Rent, together with all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, any late charges and interest due Landlord for Rent not paid when due, shall be sometimes referred to collectively as Rent. Tenant shall pay all Rent, without deduction or set-off, to Landlord or Managing Agent at a place specified by Landlord. Rent not paid when due shall bear interest until paid, at the rate of 1.5% per month, or at the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less, from the date when due. Tenant shall also pay a processing charge of $50 with each late payment of Rent. Landlord agrees to waive the processing and interest charge for late payments of Rent twice during any twelve month period during the Lease Term, provided any such late Rent payment is paid in full within 10 days of the date when due. At the beginning of each calendar year Landlord shall issue invoices for both Base Rent and Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs.
3.2 DEPOSIT; PREPAID RENT: Tenant shall not be required to pay any deposit; provided it shall not default on any monetary obligation of the Lease. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to pay a Security Deposit in the amount of ONE (1) months rent, if Tenant defaults in any monetary obligation or a material term of this Lease, any such Deposit shall be held as security for performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease. In the event Tenant fully complies with all the terms and conditions of this Lease, the Deposit shall be refunded to Tenant without interest, unless otherwise required by law, upon expiration of this Lease. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, apply a portion of the Deposit to cure any default hereunder and Tenant shall pay on demand the amount necessary to restore the Deposit in full within TEN (10) days after notice by Landlord.
3.3 OPERATING COSTS: Tenant shall pay Tenants Pro Rata Share of any Excess Operating Costs as follows:
a. Operating Costs shall mean all reasonable and actual expenses relating to the Leased Premises, the Building or the Project, including but not limited to: real estate taxes and assessments; gross rents, sales, use, business, corporation, franchise or other taxes (except income taxes); utilities not separately chargeable to other tenants; insurance premiums and (to the extent used) deductibles; maintenance, repairs and replacements; refurbishing and repainting; cleaning, janitorial and other services; equipment, tools, materials and supplies; air conditioning, heating and elevator service; property management including typical market management fees; security; employees and contractors; resurfacing and restriping of walks, drives and parking areas; signs, directories and markers; landscaping; and snow and rubbish removal. Operating Costs shall not include expenses for legal services, real estate brokerage and leasing commissions, Landlords income taxes, income tax accounting, interest, depreciation, general corporate overhead, or capital improvements to the Building or Project except for capital improvements installed for the purpose of reducing or controlling expenses, or required by any governmental or other authority having or asserting jurisdiction over the Building or Project. If any expense, though paid in one year, relates to more than one calendar year, at option of Landlord, such expense may be proportionately allocated among such related calendar years. In the event that the Building is not fully leased during any calendar year, Landlord may make appropriate adjustments to the Operating Costs, using reasonable projections, to adjust such costs to an amount that would normally be expected to be incurred if the Building were 95% leased, and such adjusted costs shall be used for purposes of this paragraph 3.3. Excess Operating Costs shall mean any excess of (i) Landlords Operating Costs for any calendar year following the Base Year over (ii) the actual Operating Costs of the Base Year.
3
b. Tenant shall pay, in equal monthly installments, Tenants Pro Rata Share of any estimated Excess Operating Costs for each calendar year which falls (in whole or in part) during the Lease Term (prorated for any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Lease Term). Annually, or from time to time, based on actual and projected Operating Cost data, Landlord may adjust its estimate of Operating Costs upward or downward. Within 15 days after notice to Tenant of a revised estimate of Operating Costs, Tenant shall remit to Landlord a sum equal to any shortage of the amount which should have been paid to date for the then current calendar year based on the revised estimate, and all subsequent monthly estimated payments shall be based on the revised estimate. Landlord shall cap controllable operating cost increases, constituting the Excess Operating Costs, to FOUR percent (4%) per year. Non-controllable Operating Expenses include taxes, insurance and utilities, as well as any other expenses (Other Non-controllable Expenses) that increase by more than FOUR percent (4%) by reason of any act of God, fire, natural disaster, accident, act of government, shortages of material or supplies or any other cause reasonably beyond the control of such party (Force Majeure), provided that Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the Force Majeure promptly and, in any event, within fifteen (15) days of discovery thereof. Should the Force Majeure subside and cease to affect the relevant Other Non-Controllable Expenses, such expenses shall be adjusted downward as appropriate and shall again be subject to the Cap.
c. As soon as possible, after the first day of each year Landlord shall compute the actual Operating Costs for the prior calendar year, and shall give notice thereof to Tenant. Within 30 days after receipt of such notice, Tenant shall pay any deficiency between estimated and actual in Tenants Pro Rata Share of any Excess Operating Costs for the prior calendar year (prorated for any partial calendar year at the beginning or end of the Lease Term). In the event of overpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall issue a check to Tenant within 30 days for the amount of the overpayment. Tenant or its representatives shall have the right, upon reasonable notice, to examine Landlords books and records with respect to the Operating Costs at the management office during normal business hours at any time within 60 days following the delivery by Landlord to Tenant of the notice of actual Operating Costs. Tenant shall have an additional 10 days to file any written exception to any of the Operating Costs.
3.4 TAXES: In addition to Base Rent and other sums to be paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional Rent, on demand, any taxes payable by Landlord (a) upon, measured by or reasonably attributable to the cost or value of Tenants equipment, fixtures and other personal property located in the Leased Premises or by the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made to the Leased Premises by Tenant or Landlord, regardless of whether title to such improvements are held by Tenant or Landlord; (b) upon or measured by the monthly rental payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax or excise tax; (c) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof; (d) upon this Lease or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE FOUR
Improvements
4.1 CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS: The improvements shall be constructed as described in the work letter attached hereto as Schedule 6 (the Improvements). The expenses to be incurred as between Landlord and Tenant for construction of the Improvements are specified in Schedule 6. If any act, omission or change requested or caused by Tenant increases the cost of work or materials or the time required for completion of construction, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such increase in cost at the time the increased cost is incurred and shall reimburse Landlord for any loss in Rent at the time the Rent would have become due. Landlords approval of Tenants plans for Improvements shall create no
4
responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities.
4.2 COMMENCEMENT OF POSSESSION: If the Leased Premises are not substantially completed by the scheduled Lease Commencement Date then the Lease Commencement Date shall be extended to the date the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy. Furthermore, if the Lease Commencement Date is any other than the first day of a calendar month, then the term of the Lease shall be extended for the remainder of that calendar month. If Landlord fails to cause the Leased Premises to be ready for occupancy at the time of the Scheduled Lease Commencement Date, Landlord and Landlords agents, officers, employees, or contractors shall not be liable for any damage, loss, liability or expense caused thereby, and this Lease shall not become void or voidable unless such failure continues for more than 120 days, in which case Tenant may terminate this Lease upon 20 days written notice to Landlord. Upon occupancy of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter in the form attached as Schedule 7 , acknowledging the Lease Commencement Date and certifying that the Improvements have been substantially completed and that Tenant has examined and accepted the Leased Premises. If Tenant fails to deliver such letter, Tenant shall conclusively be deemed to have made such acknowledgment and certification by occupying the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE FIVE
Project Services
5.1 PROJECT SERVICES: Landlord shall furnish:
a. Utility Services: The utility services listed on Schedule 3 (Utility Services). Except in the event that Tenant elects to separately meter the Premises and assumes any and all utility expenses as to the Premises, should Tenant, in Landlords sole judgment, use additional, unusual or excessive Utility Services, Landlord reserves the right to charge for such services as determined either by a separate submeter, installed at Tenants expense, or by methods specified by an engineer selected by Landlord.
b. Maintenance Services: Maintenance of all interior and exterior common areas of the Building areas including lighting, landscaping, cleaning, painting, maintenance and repair of the exterior of the Building and its structural portions and roof, including all of the services listed on Schedule 4 (Maintenance Services).
c. Parking: Parking under the terms and conditions described in Schedule 5 (Parking).
Utility Services, Maintenance Services and Parking described above shall be collectively referred to as Project Services. The costs of Project Services shall be a part of Operating Costs.
5.2 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES: Landlord does not warrant that any of the Project Services will be free from interruption. Any Project Service may be suspended by reason of accident or of necessary repairs, alterations or improvements, or by strikes or lockouts, or by reason of operation of law, or causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Subject to possible rent abatement as may be provided pursuant to the conditions described in paragraph 8.1, any such interruption or discontinuance of such Project Services shall never be deemed a disturbance of Tenants use and possession of the Leased Premises, or render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages by abatement of rent or otherwise, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that should such interruption or discontinuance of Project Services which materially impairs Tenants ability to conduct its business continue for 4 consecutive business days, then beginning on the fifth business day, Landlord shall abate Base Rent and Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs, for that portion of the Leased Premises rendered untenable, from the fifth business day after said interruption or
5
discontinuance until the Project Services are restored. Landlord shall use its best efforts to cause the Project Services to be promptly restored. Tenant may terminate this Lease if Project Services cannot be restored within 45 days.
ARTICLE SIX
Tenants Covenants
6.1 USE OF LEASED PREMISES: Tenant agrees to:
a. Permitted Usage: Use the Leased Premises for the Permitted Purpose only and for no other purpose.
b. Compliance with Laws: At Tenants expense, comply with the provisions of all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions and all building, zoning, fire and other governmental laws, ordinances, regulations or rules now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to Tenants use and occupancy of the Leased Premises, the Building, or the Project and all requirements of the carriers of insurance covering the Project.
c. Nuisances or Waste: Not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises, or bring or keep anything in the Leased Premises that may increase Landlords fire and extended coverage insurance premium, damage the Building or the Project, constitute waste, constitute an immoral purpose, or be a nuisance, public or private, or menace or other disturbance to tenants of adjoining premises or anyone else.
d. Hazardous Substances: Landlord certifies that it has not stored nor located any Hazardous Materials within the Building or the Leased Premises and Tenant agrees to (i) comply with all Environmental Laws; (ii) not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be treated, stored, disposed of, generated, or used in the Leased Premises or the Project, provided, however, that Tenant may store, use or dispose of products customarily found in offices and used in connection with the operation and maintenance of property if Tenant complies with all Environmental Laws and does not contaminate the Leased Premises, Project or environment; (iii) promptly after receipt, deliver to Landlord any communication concerning any past or present, actual or potential violation of Environmental Laws, or liability of either party for Environmental Damages. Environmental Laws mean all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, permits or orders of all governmental agencies, departments, commissions, boards, bureaus, or instrumentalities of the United States, states and their political subdivisions and all applicable judicial, administrative and regulatory decrees and judgments relating to the protection of public health or safety or of the environment. Hazardous Materials include substances (i) which require remediation under any Environmental Laws; or (ii) which are or become defined as a hazardous waste, hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Laws; or (iii) which are toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic or mutagenic; or (iv) which contain petroleum hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos, asbestos containing materials or urea formaldehyde.
e. Alterations and Improvements: Make no alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises without the prior written approval of Landlord and Landlords mortgagee, if required. Notwithstanding, Tenant may make non-structural improvements/alterations up to a cost of $20,000.00, to the Leased Premises, provided such alterations do not affect building systems or equipment, in any way, provided Tenant provides written notice to Landlord and provided construction is coordinated or approved through Landlord and affected by a licensed contractor acceptable to Landlord. Any such alterations or improvements by Tenant shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, at Tenants expense, by a licensed contractor approved by Landlord in conformity with plans and specifications approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant will post a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to protect Landlord against
6
liens arising from work performed for Tenant. Landlords approval of the plans and specifications for Tenants alterations or improvements shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities.
f. Liens: Keep the Leased Premises, the Building and the Project free from liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. If, at any time, a lien or encumbrance is filed against the Leased Premises, the Building or the Project as a result of Tenants work, materials or obligations, Tenant shall promptly discharge such lien or encumbrance. If such lien or encumbrance has not been removed within 30 days from the date it is filed, Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord cash or a bond, which shall be in a form and be issued by a company acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion, in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of the lien, to be held by Landlord as security for the lien being discharged.
g. Rules and Regulations: Observe, perform and abide by all the rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time. Schedule 2 sets forth Landlords rules and regulations in effect on the date hereof.
h. Signage: Obtain the prior approval of the Landlord before placing any sign or symbol in doors or windows or elsewhere in or about the Leased Premises, or upon any other part of the Building, or Project including building directories. Any signs or symbols which have been placed without Landlords approval may be removed by Landlord. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, all signs installed by Tenant shall be removed and any damage resulting therefrom shall be promptly repaired, or such removal and repair may be done by Landlord and the cost charged to Tenant as Rent.
6.2 INSURANCE: Tenant shall, at its own expense, procure and maintain during the Lease Term: (i) fire and extended casualty insurance covering Tenants trade fixtures, merchandise and other personal property located in the Leased Premises, in an amount not less than 100% of their actual replacement cost, and (ii) workers compensation insurance in at least the statutory amounts, and (iii) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Leased Premises and Tenants activities in the Leased Premises and in the Building and the Project, providing bodily injury and broad form property damage coverage with a maximum $5,000 deductible, or such other amount approved by Landlord in writing, and minimum coverage as follows:
a. $1,000,000 with respect to bodily injury or death to any one person;
b. $5,000,000 with respect to bodily injury or death arising out of any one occurrence;
c. $1,000,000 with respect to property damage or other loss arising out of any one occurrence.
Nothing in this paragraph 6.2 shall prevent Tenant from obtaining insurance of the kind and in the amounts provided for under this paragraph under a blanket insurance policy covering other properties as well as the Leased Premises, provided, however, that any such policy of blanket insurance (i) shall specify the amounts of the total insurance allocated to the Leased Premises, which amounts shall not be less than the amounts required by subparagraphs a. through c. above, and (ii) such amounts so specified shall be sufficient to prevent any one of the assureds from becoming a coinsurer within the terms of the applicable policy, and (iii) shall, as to the Leased Premises, otherwise comply as to endorsements and coverage with the provisions of this paragraph.
Tenants insurance shall be with a company which has a rating equal to or greater than Bests Insurance Reports classification of A, Class X or its equivalent, as such classification is determined as of the Lease Commencement Date. Landlord and Landlords mortgagee, if any, shall be named as additional insureds under Tenants insurance, and such Tenants insurance shall be primary and non-contributing with Landlords insurance. Tenants insurance policies shall contain endorsements requiring
7
30 days notice to Landlord and Landlords mortgagee, if any, prior to any cancellation, lapse or nonrenewal or any reduction in amount of coverage.
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord as a condition precedent to its taking occupancy of the Leased Premises certificates of insurance (with respect to the liability policy) and evidence of insurance (ACCORD Number 27) or equivalent (with respect to the property policy).
6.3 REPAIRS: Tenant, at its sole expense, agrees to maintain the interior of the Leased Premises in a neat, clean and sanitary condition. If Tenant fails to maintain or keep the Leased Premises in good repair and such failure continues for 15 days after written notice from Landlord or if such failure results in a nuisance or health or safety risk, Landlord may perform any such required maintenance and repairs and the cost thereof shall be payable by Tenant as Rent within 10 days of receipt of an invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord the costs of any repair to the Building or Project necessitated by any act or neglect of Tenant.
6.4 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING: Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, or encumber this Lease, or permit all or any part of the Leased Premises to be subleased without the prior written consent of Landlord, and Landlords mortgagee if required pursuant to the loan documents, if any, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord agrees that it shall provide its response to such request within fifteen (15) days of receipt by Landlord. Any transfer of this Lease by merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation of Tenant, or by operation of law, or change in ownership of or power to vote the majority of the outstanding voting stock of a corporate Tenant, or by change in ownership of a controlling partnership interest in a partnership Tenant, shall constitute an assignment for the purposes of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublease part or all of the Leased Premises without Landlords prior consent to any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or any parent corporation of Tenant with prior written notice to Landlord provided that (i) Tenant continues to be primarily liable on its obligations as set forth herein; (ii) any such assignee or sublessee shall assume and be bound by all covenants and obligations of Tenant herewith; (iii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is, in Landlords good faith judgment, compatible with other tenants in the Building and seeks to use the Leased Premises only for the Permitted Purpose and for a use that is not prohibited under the terms of a lease with another tenant in the Building; and (iv) such use would not result in a material change in the number of personnel working in, or members of the general public visiting, the Leased Premises.
In addition to other reasonable bases, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord shall be deemed to be reasonable in withholding its consent, if: (a) such proposed assignment or sublease is to any party who is then a tenant of the Building or the Project if Landlord has comparable area; or (b) Tenant is in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease at the time of request for consent or on the effective date of such subletting or assignment; or (c) the proposed subtenant or assignee is, in Landlords good faith judgment, incompatible with other tenants in the Building, or seeks to use any portion of the Leased Premises for a use not consistent with other uses in the Building, or is financially incapable of assuming the obligations of this Lease; or (d) the proposed assignee of sublessee or its business is subject to compliance with additional requirements of the law (including related regulation) commonly known as the Americans with Disabilities Act beyond those requirements which are applicable to the Tenant, unless the proposed assignee or sublessee shall: (i) first deliver plans and specifications for complying with such additional requirements and obtain Landlords consent thereto, and (ii) comply with all Landlords conditions for or contained in such consent, including without limitation, requirements for security to assure the lien-free completion of such improvements. Tenant shall submit to Landlord the name of a proposed assignee or subtenant, the terms of the proposed assignment or subletting, the nature of the proposed subtenants business and such information as to the assignees or subtenants financial responsibility and general reputation as Landlord may reasonably require.
No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its primary obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to
8
be waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any assignment, subletting or other transfer. Consent to one assignment, subletting or other transfer shall not be deemed to constitute consent to any subsequent assignment, subletting or transfer.
In the event that Tenant intends to sublease any portion of the Premises, Landlord and Tenant shall coordinate efforts toward marketing of the space to be made available. To the extent that any Sublessee, which shall be approved by Landlord, enters into a Sublease extending beyond the then effective term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay that portion of such costs that would correspond to the balance of the Term and Landlord shall pay that portion corresponding to the extended Term. In lieu of giving any consent to a sublet or an assignment of all the Leased Premises, Landlord may, at Landlords option, elect to terminate this Lease. In the case of a proposed subletting of a portion of the Leased Premises, Landlord may, at Landlords option, elect to terminate the Lease with respect to that portion of the Leased Premises being proposed for subletting. The effective date of any such termination shall be 30 days after the proposed effective date of any proposed assignment or subletting. If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease, after either Landlord or Tenant have expended monies toward marketing costs to sublet any such space, Landlord and Tenant shall share equally in payment of such reasonable and customary marketing costs. The party to be reimbursed shall submit an itemized list of expenses to the other party, which shall remit payment to the other within thirty (30) days of receipt.
Fifty Percent (50%) of any proceeds in excess of Base Rent and Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs which is received by Tenant for the balance of the Term, pursuant to an assignment or subletting consented to by Landlord, less reasonable brokerage commissions actually paid by Tenant, and less other costs incurred by Tenant and paid to unaffiliated third parties in connection with making the space available for lease, shall be remitted to Landlord as extra Rent within 10 days of receipt by Tenant. For purposes of this paragraph, all money or value in whatever form received by Tenant from or on account of any party as consideration for an assignment or subletting shall be deemed to be proceeds received by Tenant pursuant to an assignment or subletting.
6.5 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE: From time to time and within 10 business days after request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a certificate to any proposed lender or purchaser, or to Landlord, together with a true and correct copy of this Lease, certifying with any appropriate exceptions, (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect without modification or amendment, (ii) the amount of Rent payable by Tenant and the amount, if any, of Prepaid Rent and Deposit paid by Tenant to Landlord, (iii) the nature and kind of concessions, rental or otherwise, if any, which Tenant has received or is entitled to receive, (iv) that Tenant has not assigned its rights under this Lease or sublet any portion of the Leased Premises, (v) that Landlord has performed all of its obligations due to be performed under this Lease and that there are no defenses, counterclaims, deductions or offsets outstanding or other excuses for Tenants performance under this Lease, (vi) that such proposed lender or purchaser may rely on the information contained in the certificate, and (vii) any other fact reasonably requested by Landlord or such proposed lender or purchaser.
ARTICLE SEVEN
Landlords Reserved Rights
7.1 ADDITIONAL RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD: Without notice and without liability to Tenant or without effecting an eviction or disturbance of Tenants use or possession, Landlord shall have the right to (i) grant utility easements or other easements in, or replat, subdivide or make other changes in the legal status of the land underlying the Building or the Project as Landlord shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion, provided such changes do not substantially interfere with Tenants use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Purpose; (ii) enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times with twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant and at any time in the event of an emergency to inspect, alter or repair the Leased Premises or the Building and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection, reletting, sale or improvement of the Leased Premises or the
9
Building; (iii) change the name or street address of the Building or the Project; (iv) install and maintain signs on and in the Building and the Project; and (v) make such rules and regulations as, in the sole judgment of Landlord, may be needed from time to time for the safety of the tenants, the care and cleanliness of the Leased Premises, the Building and the Project and the preservation of good order therein.
ARTICLE EIGHT
Casualty and Untenability
8.1 CASUALTY AND UNTENANTABILITY: If the Building is made substantially untenable or if Tenants use and occupancy of the Leased Premises are substantially interfered with due to damage to the common areas of the Building or if the Leased Premises are made wholly or partially untenable by fire or other casualty, Landlord may, by notice to within 45 days after the damage, terminate this Lease. Such termination shall become effective as of the date of such casualty.
If the Leased Premises are made partially or wholly untenable by fire or other casualty and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall restore the Leased Premises to the condition they were in on the Lease Commencement Date, not including any personal property of Tenant or alterations performed by Tenant.
If the Landlord does not terminate this Lease as provided above, and Landlord fails within 120 days from the date of such casualty to restore the damaged common areas thereby eliminating substantial interference with Tenants use and occupancy of the Leased Premises, or fails to restore the Leased Premises to the condition they were in on the Lease Commencement Date, not including any personal property or alterations performed by Tenant, Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the end of such 120 day period.
In the event of termination of this Lease pursuant to this paragraph, Rent shall be prorated on a per diem basis and paid to the date of the casualty, unless the Leased Premises shall be tenantable, in which case Rent shall be payable to the date of the lease termination. If the Leased Premises are untenable and this Lease is not terminated, Rent shall abate on a per diem basis from the date of the casualty until the Leased Premises are ready for occupancy by Tenant. If part of the Leased Premises are untenable, Rent shall be prorated on a per diem basis and apportioned in accordance with the part of the Leased Premises which is usable by Tenant until the damaged part is ready for Tenants occupancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any damage was proximately caused by an act or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, then, in such event, Tenant agrees that Rent shall not abate or be diminished during the term of this Lease.
ARTICLE NINE
Condemnation
9.1 CONDEMNATION: If all or any part of the Leased Premises shall be taken under power of eminent domain or sold under imminent threat to any public authority or private entity having such power, this Lease shall terminate as to the part of the Leased Premises so taken or sold, effective as of the date possession is required to be delivered to such authority. In such event, Base Rent shall abate in the ratio that the portion of Tenants Square Footage taken or sold bears to Tenants Square Footage. If a partial taking or sale of the Leased Premises, the Building or the Project (i) substantially reduces Tenants Square Footage resulting in a substantial inability of Tenant to use the Leased Premises for the Permitted Purpose, or (ii) renders the Building or the Project not commercially viable to Landlord in Landlords sole opinion, either Tenant in the case of (i), or Landlord in the case of (ii), may terminate this Lease by notice to the other party within 30 days after the terminating party receives written notice of the portion to be taken or sold. Such termination shall be effective 180 days after notice thereof, or when the portion is taken or sold,
10
whichever is sooner. All condemnation awards and similar payments shall be paid and belong to Landlord, except any amounts awarded or paid specifically to Tenant for removal and reinstallation of Tenants trade fixtures, personal property or Tenants moving costs. To the extent permitted by law, Tenant shall, however, be entitled to seek business damages from any condemning authority.
ARTICLE TEN
Waiver and Indemnity
10.1 WAIVER AND INDEMNITY: Except for those claims arising from Landlords breach of this Lease, negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant, to the extent permitted by law, waives all claims it may have against Landlord, and against Landlords agents and employees for any damages sustained by Tenant or by any occupant of the Leased Premises, or by any other person, resulting from any cause arising at any time. Tenant agrees to hold Landlord harmless and indemnified against claims and liability for injuries to all persons and for damage to or loss of property occurring in or about the Leased Premises or the Building, due to Tenants breach of this Lease or any act of negligence or default under this Lease by Tenant, its contractors, agents, employees, licensees and invitees. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Landlord harmless against any Environmental Damages incurred by Landlord arising from Tenants breach of paragraph 6.1(d) of this Lease. Environmental Damages means all claims, judgments, losses, penalties, fines, liabilities, encumbrances, liens, costs and reasonable expenses of investigation, defense or good faith settlement resulting from violations of Environmental Laws, and including, without limitation: (i) damages for personal injury and injury to property or natural resources; (ii) reasonable fees and disbursement of attorneys, consultants, contractors, experts and laboratories; and (iii) costs of any cleanup, remediation, removal, response, abatement, containment, closure, restoration or monitoring work required by any Environmental Law and other costs reasonably necessary to restore full economic use of the Leased Premises or Project.
10.2 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION: Tenant and Landlord release each other and waive any right of recovery against each other for loss or damage to the waiving party or its respective property, which occurs in or about the Leased Premises or Building, whether due to the negligence of either party, their agents, employees, officers, contractors, licensees, invitees or otherwise, to the extent that such loss or damage is insurable against under the terms of standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies. Tenant and Landlord agree that all policies of insurance obtained by either of them in connection with the Leased Premises shall contain appropriate waiver of subrogation clauses.
10.3 LIMITATION OF LANDLORDS LIABILITY: The obligations of Landlord under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents of Landlord, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlords interest in the Building and land and to no other assets of Landlord for satisfaction of any liability in respect of this Lease. Tenant will not seek recourse against the individual partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents of Landlord or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction. Notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its contractors, agents or employees for any consequential damages or damages for loss of profits.
ARTICLE ELEVEN
Tenants Default and Landlords Remedies
11.1 TENANTS DEFAULT: It shall be an Event of Default if Tenant shall (i) fail to pay any monthly installment of Base Rent or Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs, or any other sum payable hereunder within 10 days after such payment is due and payable as evidenced by this Lease and invoices provided by Landlord for each month of the Lease Year in January for the following twelve month period; (ii) violate
11
or fail to perform any conditions, covenants, or agreements herein made by Tenant respecting Tenants insurance requirements as specified in paragraph 6.2, and such violation or failure shall continue for 5 business days after written notice thereof to Tenant by Landlord; (iii) violate or fail to perform any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements herein made by Tenant, and such violation or failure shall continue for 15 days after written notice thereof to Tenant by Landlord; provided, however, if such default is of a nature that it cannot reasonably be cured within 15 days, it shall not be an Event of Default if Tenant commences to cure within such 15 day period and diligently prosecutes such cure to completion within the time reasonably required for such cure, not to exceed 60 days; (iv) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or file a petition for bankruptcy or other reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief; (v) have a proceeding filed against Tenant seeking any relief mentioned in (iv) above; (vi) have a trustee, receiver or liquidator appointed for Tenant or a substantial part of its property; (vii) abandon or vacate the Leased Premises and any portion of Rent is delinquent; (viii) default under any other lease, if any, within the Building or the Project; or (ix) if Tenant is a partnership, if any partner of the partnership is involved in any of the acts or events described in subparagraphs (i) through (viii) above.
11.2 REMEDIES OF LANDLORD: If an Event of Default occurs and such default has not been cured by Tenant within any applicable cure period, Landlord, may, at its option, within 10 days after written notice to Tenant, reenter the Leased Premises, remove all persons therefrom, take possession of the Leased Premises, and remove all of Tenants personal property at Tenants risk and expense and, either (i) terminate this Lease and Tenants right of possession of the Leased Premises or (ii) maintain this Lease in full force and effect and endeavor to relet all or part of the Leased Premises. In the event Landlord elects to maintain this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to relet the Leased Premises for such rent and upon such terms as Landlord deems reasonable and necessary, and Tenant shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord, including but not limited to, any deficiency in Rent for the period of time which would have remained in the Lease Term in the absence of any termination, leasing fees, attorneys fees, other marketing and collection costs, the cash value of any concessions granted to Tenant and all expenses of placing the Leased Premises in first class rentable condition. Landlord retains the right to terminate this Lease, at any time, notwithstanding that Landlord fails to terminate this Lease initially. If Landlord is unable after diligent efforts to relet the Leased Premises within 60 days after termination of this Lease, Landlord may elect at any time thereafter to have Tenant immediately pay, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, all Rent then due and the present value (discounted at 10%) of all Rent which would have become due (based on Base Rent and Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs payable at the time of such election and the cash value of any concessions granted to Tenant) for the period of time which would have remained in the Lease Term in the absence of any termination.
The remedies granted to Landlord herein shall be cumulative and shall not exclude any other remedy allowed by law, and shall not prevent the enforcement of any claim Landlord may have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of the unexpired term of this Lease, including without limitation, a claim for attorneys fees incurred by Landlord.
ARTICLE TWELVE
Termination/Renewal
12.1 SURRENDER OF LEASED PREMISES: On expiration of this Lease, if no Event of Default exists, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises in the same condition as when the Lease Term commenced, ordinary wear and tear or damage from casualty excepted. Except for furnishings, trade fixtures and other personal property installed at Tenants expense, all alterations, additions or improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Leased Premises, either by Landlord or Tenant, shall be Landlords property and at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term shall remain on the Leased Premises without compensation to Tenant, except if requested by Landlord, Tenant, at its expense and without delay, shall remove any alterations, additions or improvements made to the Leased Premises by Tenant designated by Landlord to be
12
removed, and repair any damage to the Leased Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to repair the Leased Premises, Landlord may complete such repairs and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such repair and restoration. Landlord shall have the option to require Tenant to remove all its property. If Tenant fails to remove such property as required under this Lease, Landlord may dispose of such property in its sole discretion without any liability to Tenant, and further may charge the cost of any such disposition to Tenant.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall remove any and all of Tenants cabling (including, but not limited to, all wiring and cabling for telephones and computer systems) from the Leased Premises, distribution boards, chases, conduit, junction boxes or anywhere in the Building, and shall repair any damage to the Leased Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove all such cabling and wiring or to repair any damage caused by such removal, Landlord may do so and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord all costs for any such removal, repair or restoration.
12.2 HOLD OVER TENANCY: If Tenant shall hold over after the Lease Expiration Date, Tenant may be deemed, at Landlords option, to occupy the Leased Premises as a tenant from month to month, which tenancy may be terminated by one months written notice. During such tenancy, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, monthly in advance, an amount equal to One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) in first month and Two Hundred Percent (200%) for any holdover thereafter of all Rent which would become due (based on Base Rent and Tenants Pro Rata Share of Excess Operating Costs payable for the last month of the Lease Term, together with all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease), and to be bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified. If Landlord relets the Leased Premises or any portion thereof to a new tenant and the term of such new lease commences during the period for which Tenant holds over, Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant all costs and expenses, attorneys fees, damages or loss of profits incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenants failure to deliver possession of the Leased Premises to Landlord when required under this Lease.
12.3 DOWNSIZING OPTION: Tenant shall have a one-time option to terminate a portion of the Premises only in the event that Tenant intends to expand its office facilities to a premises in excess of the available space in Summit Park I, and Tenant is moving into a building in which it will occupy no less than 130,000 Rentable Square Feet (RSF). By written notice to Landlord, Tenant may elect to vacate up to 47,067 RSF of contiguous space, the location of which Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree upon in writing. This option only remains open for partial termination of the respective portion of the Premises between the end of the THIRTY-SIXTH (36th) month and FORTY-FIFTH (45th) month of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall provide no less than TWELVE (12) months prior written notice to Landlord.
In the event that Tenant elects to vacate a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an early termination fee of ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND and NO/100 dollars ($100,000.00).
In the event that Tenant exercises this Downsizing Option, Tenant agrees to give Landlord an opportunity to submit a proposal to provide Tenants new occupancy need in another building owned or managed by Landlord, or to be constructed by Landlord.
12.4 RENEWAL OPTION: Tenant shall have one option to renew (Option to Renew) this Lease for five (5) years (the Renewal Period). If Tenant desires to exercise its Option to Renew, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (Renewal Notice) thereof on or before May 31, 2009. During the thirty (30) day period following Landlords receipt of the Renewal Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to negotiate a mutually agreeable Market Base Rent, as defined in 1.1, for the Renewal Period. The Market Base Rent shall be negotiated in light of then current terms for renewing tenants for comparable space, including market rents, term of renewal, and operating expense pass-throughs. Within fifteen (15) business days of agreement by the parties on the Market Base Rent and other terms of the renewal, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease extending this Lease on such terms. If the terms are acceptable
13
to Tenant, then Tenant shall execute and deliver the amendment to Landlord within ten (10) business days following receipt of such amendment. The foregoing option and rights are subject to there having been no Event of Default under this Lease that is not cured within the applicable cure period, are personal to the original Tenant executing the Lease, may not be assigned, and shall be available to and exercisable by the Tenant only when the original Tenant or its permitted assignee, is in actual possession and physical occupancy of the entire Leased Premises. Time is of the essence in the exercise of Tenants Option to Renew. Should Tenant fail to exercise such option, execute and deliver any required documents, or perform any of its required obligations under this section, or should the parties be unable to agree on Market Base Rent for the Renewal Period, within the time periods set forth above, then this Option to Renew and any other rights of Tenant under the Lease in the nature of options, shall be null and void, and the Lease shall terminate at the end of the Lease Term.
ARTICLE THIRTEEN
Miscellaneous
13.1 QUIET ENJOYMENT: If and so long as Tenant pays all Rent and keeps and performs each and every term, covenant and condition herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed, Tenant shall quietly enjoy the Leased Premises without hindrance by Landlord.
13.2 ACCORD AND SATISFACTION: No receipt and retention by Landlord of any payment tendered by Tenant in connection with this Lease shall constitute an accord and satisfaction, or a compromise or other settlement, notwithstanding any accompanying statement, instruction or other assertion to the contrary unless Landlord expressly agrees to an accord and satisfaction, or a compromise or other settlement, in a separate writing duly executed by Landlord. Landlord will be entitled to treat any such payments as being received on account of any item or items of Rent, interest, expense or damage due in connection herewith, in such amounts and in such order as Landlord may determine at its sole option.
13.3 SEVERABILITY: The parties intend this Lease to be legally valid and enforceable in accordance with all of its terms to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any term hereof shall be invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that such term shall be stricken from this Lease to the extent unenforceable, the same as if it never had been contained herein. Such invalidity or unenforceability shall not extend to any other term of this Lease, and the remaining terms hereof shall continue in effect to the fullest extent permitted by law, the same as if such stricken term never had been contained herein.
13.4 SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT: Tenant acknowledges that this Lease is subject and subordinate to all leases in which Landlord is lessee and to any mortgage or deed of trust now in force against the Building and to all advances made or hereafter to be made thereunder, or any amendments or modifications thereof, and shall be subordinate to any future leases in which Landlord is lessee and to any future mortgage or deed of trust hereafter in force against the Building and to all advances made or hereafter to be made thereunder (all such existing and future leases, mortgages and deeds of trust referred to collectively as Superior Instruments). Tenant also agrees that if the holder of any Superior Instrument elects to have this Lease superior to its Superior Instrument and gives notice of its election to Tenant, then this Lease shall be superior to the lien of any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust and all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof, whether this Lease is dated before or after such lease, mortgage or deed of trust. If requested in writing by Landlord or any first mortgagee or ground lessor of Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute a subordination agreement required to further effect the provisions of this paragraph.
In the event of any transfer in lieu of foreclosure or termination of a lease in which Landlord is lessee or the foreclosure of any Superior Instrument, or sale of the Property pursuant to any Superior
14
Instrument, Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser, transferee or lessor and recognize such party as landlord under this Lease, provided such party acquires and accepts the Leased Premises subject to this Lease. The agreement of Tenant to attorn contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive any such foreclosure sale or transfer.
13.5 ATTORNEYS FEES: If the services of an attorney are required by any party to secure the performance under this Lease or otherwise upon the breach or default of the other party to the Lease, or if any judicial remedy is necessary to enforce or interpret any provision of the Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys fees, costs and other expenses, in addition to any other relief to which such prevailing party may be entitled.
13.6 APPLICABLE LAW: This Lease shall be construed according to the laws of the state in which the Leased Premises are located. Venue shall be proper in Orange County, Florida.
13.7 BINDING EFFECT; GENDER: This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and assigns. It is understood and agreed that the terms Landlord and Tenant and verbs and pronouns in the singular number are uniformly used throughout this Lease regardless of gender, number or fact of incorporation of the parties hereto.
13.8 TIME: Time is of the essence of this Lease.
13.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Lease and the schedules and addenda attached set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, representations, conditions, statements and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Leased Premises and the Building and the Project, and there are no representations, either oral or written between them other than those in this Lease. This Lease shall not be amended or modified except in writing signed by both parties. Failure to exercise any right in one or more instances shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to strict performance or as an amendment to this Lease.
13.10 NOTICES: Any notice or demand provided for or given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and served on the parties at the addresses listed in paragraph 1.1(n) and paragraph 1.1(o). Any notice shall be either (i) personally delivered to the addressee set forth above, in which case it shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery to said addressee; or (ii) sent by registered or certified mail/return receipt requested, in which case it shall be deemed delivered 3 business days after being deposited in the U.S. Mail; (iii) sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, in which case it shall be deemed delivered 1 business day after deposit with such courier; or (iv) sent by telecommunication (Fax) during normal business hours in which case it shall be deemed delivered on the day sent, provided an original is received by the addressee after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier within 1 business day of the Fax. The addresses and Fax numbers listed in paragraphs 1.1(n) and 1.1(o) may be changed by written notice to the other parties, provided, however, that no notice of a change of address or Fax number shall be effective until the date of delivery of such notice. Copies of notices are for informational purposes only and a failure to give or receive copies of any notice shall not be deemed a failure to give notice.
13.11 HEADINGS: The headings on this Lease are included for convenience only and shall not be taken into consideration in any construction or interpretation of this Lease or any of its provisions.
13.12 STANDBY POWER/UPS: Landlord shall make available to Tenant, at no cost to Tenant, the two (2) emergency generators and two (2) UPS systems that are currently in place in the Building. Tenant, at Tenants sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for keeping the energy generators and
15
UPS systems in good working order, including, but not limited to, testing and maintenance. Landlord shall deliver the generators and UPS systems in good working order to Tenant including all service agreements and warranties (to the extent they are available), as of the Lease Commencement Date. Prior to occupancy by Tenant, Landlord will provide Tenant with an engineering report concluding that the systems are in good working order.
13.13 EXCLUSIVE USE: Throughout Tenants lease term, Landlord agrees not to lease space to any other video game production companies within the Building.
13.14 LOBBY/COURTYARD USE: Tenant shall, upon Landlords prior written authority, have the right to use the Building lobby for display purposes including plasma screens and kiosks, provided such use and display is deemed by Landlord to be in good taste, at Landlords discretion, and such use or displays do not interfere with any other tenants rights and does not constitute a nuisance. As long as Tenant occupies the entire FIRST (1st) Floor, Tenant will have the exclusive use of (at no additional cost) the courtyard area on the east side of the Building and may make improvements to suit its needs subject to Landlords reasonable approval. Tenant shall install and maintain any such items at Tenants sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall, at Tenants sole cost and expense, remove any such items and restore the Building lobby to its original condition.
13.15 SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT: Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from its lender a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement for the benefit of Tenant, in a form acceptable to the lender.
13.16 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS: Tenant and Landlord each represents to the other that no broker or agent was instrumental in procuring or negotiating or consummating this Lease other than Broker of Record whose compensation shall be paid by Landlord, and Cooperating Broker, if any, whose compensation shall be paid by Broker of Record, and Tenant and Landlord each agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party against any loss, cost, expense or liability for any compensation, commission, fee or charge, including reasonable attorneys fees, resulting from any claim of any other broker, agent or finder claiming under or through the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease or its negotiation.
13.17 BASE RENT ADJUSTMENT:
Base Rent shall be adjusted on the following
dates:
Monthly
Total Base Rent
Period
Base Rent
For Period
$
free
$
free
$
195,335.00
$
1,074,342.50
$
214,868.50
$
2,578,422.00
$
220,240.21
$
2,642,882.55
$
225,709.59
$
2,708,515.11
$
231,374.31
$
2,776,491.69
$
237,136.70
$
1,422,820.14
13.18 RADON GAS: Landlord has advised Tenant that radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time.
16
Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from the county public health unit.
13.19 SIGNAGE: Landlord will allow Tenant, at Tenants expense, to display its company name on the Building facia and the Buildings illuminated monument sign at the entrance of Summit Park. Specifications for any such signage must be approved by Landlord in writing prior to Tenants seeking applicable permits from governmental authorities and installation. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion, to specify details of such signage. In the event that Tenant elects to exercise its Downsizing Option, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant, at Tenants sole cost, to remove its sign from the Building facia and restore the Building facia to its original condition, original wear and tear excepted. Tenant, at Tenants sole cost and expense, shall be required to remove all Building signage and restore the Building facia to its original condition, original wear and tear excepted, upon expiration of the lease.
All signage will conform to applicable governing authority requirements and Tenant shall obtain any permits or authorizations necessary.
Landlord shall arrange for Tenants suite identification sign(s) and lobby directory strip(s) at Tenants expense. Tenant may incorporate its logo graphics, without color, on the suite identification sign(s).
13.20 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL: Subject to the rights of Charles Schwab as to Summit Park II, Tenant shall have a one-time Right of First Refusal (ROFR) on any tenable space that becomes available in the Project. Should Landlord have a bona fide third party offer on this ROFR space, Landlord shall provide Tenant written notice of the terms and conditions of such offer and Tenant shall have FIVE (5) business days within which to accept or decline the ROFR space upon the same terms and conditions as that offered by the bona fide third party. With respect to Suite 300, Summit Park I, this ROFR shall only apply if there remains no less than four years on the Term of this Lease. Should Tenant elect to take the Suite 300 summit Park I space pursuant to this ROFR, the terms shall be pro-rated such that the term for the ROFR Suite 300 space shall be co-terminous with that of this Lease. Should Tenant not exercise its Right of First Refusal Option, Landlord shall be free to lease the space to a third party.
13.21 RELOCATING SUITE 300 TENANT: After Tenants request to Landlord in writing that it intends to take additional space in the Building (Suite 300), if ultimately made available, Landlord shall exercise its commercially reasonable efforts to relocate the current tenant of Suite 300 within the Project. Terms of any such relocation shall be coordinated and agreed upon by the affected parties. Any cost associated with relocating the tenant from Suite 300 shall be borne by Tenant unless otherwise agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant.
13.22 GUARANTY: Landlord has required Tenant to obtain for Landlords benefit an unconditional guaranty of Tenants performance of its obligations pursuant to the Lease, by Tenants parent company, Electronic Arts, Inc. The Guaranty shall be in the Form attached hereto as Schedule 8.
SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE
17
SUBMISSION OF THIS INSTRUMENT FOR EXAMINATION OR SIGNATURE BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RESERVATION OF OR OPTION FOR LEASE, AND IT IS NOT EFFECTIVE AS A LEASE OR OTHERWISE UNTIL EXECUTION AND DELIVERY BY BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT.
This Lease is executed as of the date first written above.
|
LANDLORD: | ||
|
|||
|
ASP WT, L.L.C. | ||
|
|||
Witnesses:
|
|||
/s/
Carol J. M
c
Adams
|
|||
|
By: | /s/ Scott R. Fitzgerald | |
Print Name:
|
Carol J. M c Adams |
|
|
|
|
||
Print Name: | Scott R. Fitzgerald | ||
|
|
||
/s/ Mary Mason | |||
|
Title: | Vice President | |
Print Name:
|
Mary Mason |
|
|
|
|||
|
Date: | June 15, 2004 | |
|
|||
|
|||
|
TENANT: | ||
|
|||
|
TIBURON ENTERTAINMENT,INC. | ||
|
|||
Witnesses:
|
|||
/s/
Gay A. Jacobs
|
|||
|
By: | /s/ Bryan Neider | |
Print Name:
|
Gay A. Jacobs |
|
|
|
|
||
Print Name: | Bryan Neider | ||
|
|
||
/s/ Tomi Watanabe | |||
|
Title: | CFO, Worldwide Studios | |
Print Name:
|
Tomi Watanabe |
|
|
|
|||
|
Date: | June 14, 2004 | |
|
Where Tenant is a corporation, this Lease shall be signed by a President or Vice President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Tenant. Any other signatories shall require a certified corporate resolution.
18
SCHEDULE 1
DESCRIPTION OF LEASED PREMISES
First Floor (excluding commons areas)
Second Floor
Third Floor (excluding Suite 300, existing of 11,039 RSF)
Fourth Floor
Fifth Floor
Sixth Floor
19
SCHEDULE 2
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The sidewalks, entrances, halls, corridors, elevators and stairways of the Building and Project shall not be obstructed or used as a waiting or lounging place by tenants, and their agents, servants, employees, invitees, licensees and visitors. All entrance doors leading from any Leased Premises to the hallways are to be kept closed at all times.
2. Landlord reserves the right to refuse admittance to the Building after reasonable business hours, as established from time to time, to any person not producing both a key to the Leased Premises and/or a pass issued by Landlord. In case of invasion, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord also reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of same. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building.
3. Landlord will furnish each tenant with two keys to each door lock on the Leased Premises, and Landlord may make a reasonable charge for any additional keys and access cards requested by any tenant. No tenant shall have any keys made for the Leased Premises; nor shall any tenant alter any lock, or install new or additional locks or bolts, on any door without the prior written approval of Landlord. If Landlord approves any lock alteration or addition, the tenant making such alteration shall supply Landlord with a key for any such lock or bolt. Each tenant, upon the expiration or termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord all keys and access cards in any such tenants possession for all locks and bolts in the Building.
4. No tenant shall cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such tenants carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness of the Leased Premises. Tenants will see that (i) the windows are closed, (ii) the doors securely locked, and (iii) all water faucets and other utilities are shut off (so as to prevent waste or damage) each day before leaving the Leased Premises. In the event tenant must dispose of crates, boxes, etc. which will not fit into office waste paper baskets, Tenant is to clearly mark those items that are to be disposed of and leave such items next to the trash cans for disposal.
5. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the date, time, method and conditions that any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, merchandise and other similar items shall be delivered to or removed from the Building. No iron safe or other heavy or bulky object shall be delivered to or removed from the Building, except by experienced safe men, movers or riggers approved in writing by Landlord. All damage done to the Building by the delivery or removal of such items, or by reason of their presence in the Building, shall be paid to Landlord, immediately upon demand, by the tenant by, through, or under whom such damage was done. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by tenant or by jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires.
6. Tenant shall not cover or obstruct any skylights, windows, doors and transoms that reflect or admit light into passageways or into any other part of the Building.
7. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for those for which they were constructed or installed, and no sweepings, rubbish, chemicals, or other unsuitable substances shall be thrown or placed therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from violation(s) of this rule shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose agents, employees, invitees, licensees or visitors, such breakage, stoppage or damage shall have been caused.
8. No sign, name, placard, advertisement or notice visible from the exterior of any Leased Premises, shall be inscribed, painted or affixed by any tenant on any part of the Building or Project without the prior written approval of Landlord. All signs or letterings on doors, or otherwise, approved by Landlord shall be inscribed, painted or affixed at the sole cost and expense of the tenant, by a person approved by
20
Landlord. A directory containing the names of all tenants in the Building shall be provided by Landlord at an appropriate place on the first floor of the Building.
9. Landlord may inquire as to Tenants use of signaling, telegraphic or telephonic instruments or devices, or other wires, instruments or devices, that are installed by Tenant in connection with any Leased Premises. Such installations, and the boring or cutting for wires, shall be made at the sole cost and expense of the tenant and under control and direction of Landlord. Landlord retains, in all cases, the right to require (i) the installation and use of such electrical protecting devices that prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity into or through the Building, (ii) the changing of wires and of their installation and arrangement underground or otherwise as Landlord may direct, and (iii) compliance on the part of all using or seeking access to such wires with such rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto. All such wires used by tenants must be clearly tagged at the distribution boards and junction boxes and elsewhere in the Building, with (i) the number of the Leased Premises to which said wires lead, (ii) the purpose for which said wires are used, and (iii) the name of the company operating same.
10. Tenant, their agents, servants or employees, shall not (a) go on the roof of the Building, (b) use any additional method of heating or air conditioning the Leased Premises, (c) sweep or throw any dirt or other substance from the Leased Premises into any of the halls, corridors, elevators, or stairways of the Building, (d) bring in or keep in or about the Leased Premises any vehicles or animals of any kind, (e) install any radio or television antennae or any other device or item on the roof, exterior walls, windows or windowsills of the Building, (f) place objects against glass partitions, doors or windows which would be unsightly from the interior or exterior of the Building, (g) use any Leased Premises (i) for lodging or sleeping, (ii) for cooking (except that the use by any tenant of Underwriters Laboratory-approved equipment for microwaving, brewing coffee, tea and similar beverages shall be permitted, provided that such use is in compliance with law), (iii) for any manufacturing, storage or sale of merchandise or property of any kind, (h) cause or permit unusual or objectionable odor to be produced or permeate from the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, duplicating or printing equipment fumes, and (i) install or operate any vending machines in the Leased Premises unless specifically identified and located on Construction Documents as defined in Schedule 6. Tenant, its agents, servants and employees, invitees, licensees, or visitors shall not permit the operation of any musical or sound producing instruments or device which may be heard outside Leased Premises, Building or garage facility, or which may emit electrical waves which will impair radio or television broadcast or reception from or into the Building.
11. No canvassing, soliciting, distribution of hand bills or other written material, or peddling by Tenant shall be permitted in the Building or the Project, and tenants shall cooperate with Landlord in prevention and elimination of same.
12. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of all accidents to or defects in air conditioning equipment, plumbing, electrical facilities or any part or appurtenances of Leased Premises.
13. If any Leased Premises becomes infested with vermin by acts of Tenant, the Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause its premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of the Landlord and shall employ such exterminators as shall be approved by Landlord.
14. No curtains, blinds, shades, screens, awnings or other coverings or projections of any nature shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any door, window or wall of the premises of the Building by Tenant if such attachment or hanging will cause material damage to the Premises, unless otherwise approved by Landlord.
15. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by tenant which, in Landlords opinion, tends to impair the reputation of Landlord or of the Building, or its desirability as an office building for existing or prospective tenants who require the highest standards of integrity and respectability, and upon written notice from Landlord, tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.
21
16. Wherever the word tenant occurs, it is understood and agreed that it shall also mean tenants associates, employees, agents and any other person entering the Building or the Leased Premises under the express or implied invitation of tenant. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to assure compliance by all such parties with rules and regulations.
17. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment, money or any article taken from Leased Premises, Building or garage facilities regardless of how or when loss occurs.
18. All contractors and or technicians performing alterations as described in 6.1(e) for Tenant within the Leased Premises, Building or garage facilities shall be referred to Landlord for approval before performing such work. This shall apply to all work including, but not limited to, installation of telephones, electrical devises and attachments, and all installations affecting floors, walls, windows, doors, ceilings, equipment of any other physical feature of the Building, Leased Premises or garage facilities.
19. Showcases and any other articles shall not be placed in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.
20. The Tenant shall not do anything in the Leased Premises, or bring or keep anything herein, which will in any way increase or tend to increase the risk of fire or rate of insurance, or which shall conflict with the Regulations of the Fire Department, any fire laws, with any insurance policy on the Building or any part thereof, or with any rules or ordinances established by any governmental authority.
21. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application to the Managing Agent. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular dates unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.
22. No Tenant shall obtain for use upon the Leased Premises ice, drinking water, towel or other similar service or accept barbering or other personal services on the Leased Premises, except for persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.
23. Landlord reserves the right to make reasonable amendments, modifications and additions to the rules and regulations heretofore set forth, and to make additional reasonable rules and regulations, as in Landlords sole judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care, cleanliness and preservation of good order of the Building.
NOTE: In consideration to Tenants occupancy of the Tenants Square Footage, Tenant shall be permitted to:
a. | Allow, within the Premises, certain domesticated pets, with prior approval from Landlord which approval may be reasonably withheld. | |||
b. | Install, by contractors approved by Landlord in locations and configuration approved by Landlord, to the extent permitted by law and deemed architecturally sound by Landlord, satellite dishes or supplemental HVAC, on the roof. | |||
c. | Place food and beverage vending machines within the Premises through vendors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord. | |||
d. | Allow barbering within the Premises. | |||
e. | Section 17 hereinabove shall apply except in the event of Landlords gross negligence. | |||
f. | Section 2 shall be amended as to the Tenants employees or invitees to the extent Tenant has provided access cards, codes or keys to such individuals. Tenant shall |
22
assume all risk associated with access obtained by use of Tenants access cards, codes or keys. |
23
SCHEDULE 3
UTILITY SERVICES
A. The Landlord shall provide, as part of Operating Costs, except as otherwise provided, the following services:
(1) Air Conditioning and heat for normal purposes only, to provide in Landlords judgment, comfortable occupancy Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and Saturday from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., Sundays and holidays excepted. Tenant agrees not to use any apparatus or device, in or upon or about the Leased Premises, and Tenant further agrees not to connect any apparatus or device with the conduits or pipes, or other means by which such services are supplied, for the purpose of using additional or unusual amounts of such services, without written consent of Landlord. The HVAC system is currently designed to accommodate separate metering of electrical usage. In the event that the Tenant does not elect separate metering of the HVAC system, after-hours HVAC is available to Tenant at a price equal to actual cost (including equipment depreciation) plus TEN percent (10%).
(2) Electric power for lighting and operating of office machines between Monday and Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., Sundays and holidays excepted. Electric power furnished by Landlord is intended to be that consumed in normal office use for lighting and small office machines including desktop computers, copiers and fax machines.
(3) Water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes from the regular Building supply (at the prevailing temperature) through fixtures installed by Landlord, (or by Tenant with Landlords written consent).
B. Tenant may elect, after providing SIXTY (60) days prior written notice to Landlord to obtain its own utility for the Premises, as follows:
(1) Tenant shall have the right to separately meter the Premises and pay the actual electrical costs.
(2) In the event that Tenant elects to pay the aforementioned expenses directly, the Base Rental Rate and the Base Year Operating Expense Stop will be reduced accordingly.
24
SCHEDULE 4
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
(1) In order that the Building may be kept in a state of cleanliness, each tenant shall during the term of each respective lease, permit Landlords employees (or Landlords agents employees) to take care of and clean the Leased Premises and tenants shall not employ any person(s) other than Landlords employees (or Landlords agents employees) for such purpose. , Tenant may, upon SIXTY (60) days prior notice to Landlord, assume all obligations for janitorial services within the Leased Premises at its sole cost and expense. Base Rents and Base Year Operating Expense shall be reduced by corresponding amounts charged to Landlord prior to Tenants election.
(2) Landlord shall supply public restroom supplies, public area lamp replacement, window washing with reasonable frequency, and janitorial services to the common areas of the Building and Leased Premises during the time and in the manner that such janitorial services are customarily furnished in general office buildings in the area. These services are included in Tenants Pro Rata Share of Operating Costs.
(3) Landlord agrees to maintain the exterior and common areas of Building to include maintenance of the structure, roof, mechanical, electrical and HVAC equipment, architectural finish, lawn and shrub care, snow removal and so on, excluding only those items specifically excepted elsewhere in this Lease.
25
SCHEDULE 5
PARKING
Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a license to the use during the term of this Lease the minimum number of spaces described in Article 1.1k. Said parking spaces shall be made available to Tenant on an allocated basis and Tenant agrees to comply with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be made by Landlord from time to time in order to insure the proper operation of the parking facilities. In consideration of the right to use said parking spaces, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month, the amount specified in Article 1.1k, in addition to the Rent and other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right in its sole discretion to determine whether parking facilities are becoming crowded, and in such event, to allocate specific parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants or to take such other steps necessary to correct such condition, including but not limited to policing and towing, and if Tenant, its agents, officers, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees are deemed by Landlord to be contributing to such condition, to charge to Tenant as Rent that portion of the cost thereof which Landlord reasonably determines to be caused thereby but in no event shall any such actions by Landlord result in a reduction of the number of parking spaces allocated to Tenant pursuant to Article 1.1k. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, change the location and nature of the parking spaces available to Tenant, provided that after such change, there shall be available to Tenant approximately the same number of spaces as available before such change. Tenant shall have rights to request up to TWENTY (20) reserved parking spaces.
In the event that Tenant shall become the sole tenant within the Building, the parking deck for the 1950 Building will be designated for Tenants exclusive use. In the event Tenant requires over-flow parking, it may utilize additional spaces that may be available in the Phase II garage (location to be designated by Landlord) at no additional charge until such time as Phase III is completed.
26
SCHEDULE 6
WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
(Tenant Constructs)
A. LANDLORDS WORK: Landlord shall ensure as of the commencement date that any mechanical, electrical and plumbing structures are in good working order and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is accepting possession of the Premises in AS-IS condition and that, except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord has no obligation to furnish, render, or supply any money, work, labor, material, fixture, equipment, or decoration with respect to the Premises.
B. TENANTS OBLIGATIONS:
(1) Subject to the provisions hereof, Tenant shall, at its expense, cause the construction and installation of all improvements to the Premises in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, as hereinafter defined, and as necessary to permit Tenant to occupy same and conduct normal business operations (such improvements being referred to herein as Tenants Work).
(2) Within twenty days of the effective date of the Lease, the parties shall have mutually approved a space plan for the Premises. The space plan shall be acknowledged by the parties in writing. The Plans and Specifications, as hereinafter defined, shall be based on the mutually approved space plan. Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord at Tenants expense within sixty (60) days from the effective date of the Lease a detailed set of plans and specifications (the Plans and Specifications) for Tenants Work. The Plans and Specifications shall be prepared by Tenants architect and engineer, which architect and engineer shall be subject to Landlords prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Tenant elects to retain Landlords architect and/or engineer, such architect and/or engineer shall nonetheless be considered to be Tenants agent(s) for purposes of this Work Letter.
(3) The Plans and Specifications shall be subject to Landlords review and approval. Landlord shall accept or notify Tenant of its objections to the Plans and Specifications within ten (10) business days after receipt thereof. If Landlord requires more than ten (10) business days to approve the Plans and Specifications, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder or otherwise liable in damages to Tenant. Should Tenant fail to submit the Plans and Specifications within the time period set forth above, or should Tenant fail to make any modifications Landlord may require within fifteen (15) days of notice thereof, then either such event shall be deemed to be a delay caused by Tenant. Notwithstanding Landlords review and approval of the Plans and Specifications, Landlord assumes no responsibility whatsoever, and shall not be liable, for the manufacturers, architects, or engineers design or performance of any structural, mechanical, electrical, or plumbing systems or equipment of Tenant.
(4) Once Landlord approves the Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days, provide Landlord with three (3) sets of the Plans and Specifications which shall be signed and dated by both parties, with two sets retained by Landlord and one set retained by Tenant (and any changes to the Plans and Specifications shall be made only by written addendum signed by both parties).
(5) Tenant shall use only licensed contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord to complete the construction and installation of Tenants Work. Within ten (10) days after the date hereof, Tenant shall provide to Landlord certificates of insurance
27
evidencing that Tenant has the required commercial general liability insurance required of Tenant under the Lease. In addition, prior to selecting the contractor, Tenant shall provide to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing that Tenants general contractor has in effect (and shall maintain at all times during the course of the work hereunder) workers compensation insurance to cover full liability under workers compensation laws of the State in which the Premises is located with employers liability coverage; commercial general liability and builders risk insurance for the hazards of operations, independent contractors, products and completed operations (for two (2) years after the date of acceptance of the work by Landlord and Tenant); and contractual liability specifically covering the indemnification provision in the construction contract, such commercial general liability to include broad form property damage and afford coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards, and personal injury liability insurance and an endorsement providing that the insurance afforded under the contractors policy is primary insurance as respects Landlord and Tenant and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord or Tenant is excess and non-contributing with the insurance required hereunder, provided that such insurance may be written through primary or umbrella insurance policies with a minimum policy limit of $2,000,000.00. Landlord and Tenant are to be included as an additional insured for insurance coverages required of the general contractor. Tenant shall inform its contractor, subcontractors, and material suppliers that Landlords interest in the Premises shall not be subject to any lien to secure payment for work done or materials supplied to the Premises on Tenants behalf. All inspections and approvals necessary and appropriate to complete Tenants Work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and as necessary to obtain a certificate of use and occupancy as hereinafter provided are the responsibility of Tenant and its general contractor. Tenant shall arrange a meeting prior to the commencement of construction between Landlord and Tenants contractors for the purpose of organizing and coordinating the completion of Tenants Work. To the extent any Tenants Work is done by contractors of Landlord, Landlords contractors shall adhere to the same insurance standards set out in this paragraph and shall provide to Tenant certificates of insurance evidencing the required coverage.
(6) Tenant shall commence Tenants Work (and shall be required to diligently pursue same) upon receipt of the building permit therefore. If Tenant has not commenced Tenants Work by such date, or if Tenant has not substantially completed Tenants Work before December 31, 2004, then, in either such event, Tenant shall be in default under the Lease, and the Commencement Date shall not be extended such that Tenant will be required to pay Rent and Additional Rent as otherwise provided in this Lease. If Tenant has not completed Tenants Work within sixty (60) days of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall have the option to declare the Lease null and void and exercise any remedies available under the Lease. Should the Lease be declared null and void pursuant to this paragraph, Tenant shall forfeit all rights to any deposits, advance rent, and any other payments made under the Lease, and Landlord shall have no further liability to Tenant under the Lease. Substantial Completion of Tenants Work shall mean that the Premises are approved for use and occupancy by the appropriate governmental authorities and are in suitable condition for the operation of Tenants business.
(7) All of Tenants Work shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and shall be in conformity with the applicable building codes, and in accordance with Landlords construction rules and regulations pertaining to contractors. Upon completion of Tenants Work, Tenant shall furnish Landlord:
(a) a certificate of use and/or occupancy issued by the appropriate governmental authority and other evidence satisfactory to Landlord that Tenant has obtained the governmental approvals necessary to permit occupancy; and
(b) a notarized affidavit from Tenants contractor(s) that all amounts due for work done and materials furnished in completing Tenants Work have been paid; and
28
(c) releases of lien from any subcontractor or material supplier that has given Landlord a Notice to Owner pursuant to Florida law; and
(d) as-built drawings of the Premises, with a list and description of all work performed by the contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers.
(8) Any damage to the existing finishes of the building shall be patched and repaired by Tenant, at its expense, and all such work shall be done to Landlords satisfaction. If any patched and painted area does not match the original surface, then the entire surface shall be repainted at Tenants expense. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, and employees from and against any and all costs, expenses, damage, loss, or liability, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and costs, which arise out of, are occasioned by, or are in any way attributable to the build-out of the Premises by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant, at its expense, shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair, and replacement of any and all items constructed by Tenants contractor.
(9) Tenant shall not alter the existing fire alarm system in the Premises or the building. The Plans and Specifications shall include detailed drawings and specifications for the design and installation of Tenants fire alarm (and security) system(s) for the Premises. Such system(s) shall meet all appropriate building code requirements, and the fire alarm system shall, at Tenants expense, be integrated into Landlords fire alarm system for the building (if any). (Landlord is not required to provide any security system.) Landlords electrical contractor and/or fire alarm contractor shall, at Tenants expense, make all final connections between Tenants and Landlords fire alarm systems. Tenant shall insure that all work performed on the fire alarm system shall be coordinated at the job site with the Landlords representative.
(10) Landlord will provide Tenant with an allowance (the Tenant Improvement Allowance) against the cost of the improvements to the Premises and against the fees and costs incurred with respect to preparation of the Plans and Specifications for the Premises and all permit fees. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be One Million Four Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand Eighteen Dollars and Six Cents ($1,437,018.06, for use on any portion of the Premises. Upon expiration or written waiver of the Downsizing Option, Landlord shall pay an additional $6.82 per square foot of Tenant Improvement Allowance for the space not vacated up to 47,067 RSF ($320,977.00). In the event that Tenant retains possession of the Premises subject to the Downsizing Option after the THIRTY-SIXTH month, but exercises the Downsizing Option before the FORTY-FIFTH (45th) month, Tenant shall receive a proportionate share of the additional Tenant Improvement Allowance which shall be determined as follows: The total of this retained RSF multiplied by $6.82 plus the total RSF to be vacated (but retained during Downsizing Option Period) multiplied by that number of months Tenant remains in possession divided by that proportion of the remaining Lease Term that the total number of months after the THIRTY SIXTH (36th) month that Tenant remains in possession of the portion of the Premises subject to the Downsizing Option of the remaining months of the Lease Term (30 months). [Example: If Tenant vacates the 10,000 RSF on the 40th month of the Lease, Tenant shall receive $252,796.94 [37,067 RSF x $6.82 = $252,796.94] plus $9,093.33 [(10,000 x $6.82 ) x (4÷30) = $9,093.33]. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Landlord by joint check to Tenant or Tenants designated agent and its general contractor in monthly installments, based upon requests for payment submitted by Tenant and its general contractor not more than monthly. Additionally, TWENTY FIVE percent (25%) of the additional Tenant Improvement Allowance may be applied, at Tenants request, toward Rent. Each request for payment shall be accompanied by a certification by the architect that all work up to the date of the request for payment has been substantially completed, along with the items required under subsection (7), above (except for a certificate of occupancy), for work done or materials furnished up to the date of Tenants request for payment. Upon receipt thereof, Landlord shall pay to Tenant and its general contractor (by joint check), within TWENTY (20) days after submission of such items to
29
Landlord, an amount equal to Landlords pro-rata share of such request for payment. Landlords pro-rata share shall mean the percentage that the Tenant Improvement Allowance bears to the total cost of the Tenants Work (plus the architectural and engineering fees incurred with respect to the Plans and Specifications and permit fees) (less TEN percent (10%) of each payment to be retained by Landlord pending final completion). Upon final completion of the Tenants Work and receipt by Landlord of the items required under subsection (7), above, plus reasonable evidence indicating that all of Tenants Costs have been paid, Landlord shall pay to Tenant and its general contractor (by joint check) within THIRTY (30) days the remaining Tenant Improvement Allowance, plus the retainage (provided, however, that the retainage will not be released by Landlord until all punchlist items have been completed). Any and all costs for the construction of the Premises above the Tenant Improvement Allowance (Tenants Costs) shall be paid by Tenant to the applicable contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers. Tenant shall receive no credit or payment for any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be able to recapture up to TWENTY-FIVE percent (25%) of any Tenant Improvement dollars via an offset in base rental.
30
SCHEDULE 7
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
TENANT: | |
|
LEASED PREMISES: Suite
LOCATED AT 1950 Summit Park Drive, Orlando, Florida, 32810
This letter is to certify that:
1. | The above referenced Leased Premises have been accepted by the Tenant for possession. |
2. | The Leased Premises are substantially complete in accordance with the plans and specifications used in constructing the demised premises. |
3. | The Leased Premises can now be used for intended purposes. |
Lease Commencement Date: | |
|
Expiration Date: | |
|
Executed this day of 20
TENANT: | ||
By: | ||
|
||
Print Authorized Signatory Name: | ||
|
||
Title: | ||
|
31
SCHEDULE 8
GUARANTY
For value received and in consideration of and in order to induce ASP WT, L.L.C. (the Landlord) to enter into that certain Lease dated June 15, 2004, between Landlord and TIBURON ENTERTAINMENT, INC. (the Tenant); for a certain office space in Maitland in Orange County, Florida, (the Lease), ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. (the Guarantor), absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Landlord and to its legal representatives, successors, and assigns, the prompt and full performance and observance by the Tenant and by its legal representatives, successors, and assigns, of all of the covenants, terms, provisions, conditions, and agreements required to be performed by Tenant under the Lease, whether, before or during the term of, or after the termination of the term of the Lease.
The capitalized terms used in this Guaranty shall have the same definitions as those terms have in the Lease unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent.
Notice of all defaults is waived and consent is given to all extensions of time that the Landlord may grant to Tenant in the performance of any of the terms of the Lease or to the waiving in whole or in part of performance, or to the releasing of Tenant in whole or in part from any performance, or to the adjusting of any dispute concerning the Lease; and no defaults by Tenant, extensions, waivers, releases, or adjustments, with or without the knowledge of the Guarantor, shall affect or discharge the liability of the Guarantor. The Guarantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements paid or incurred by Landlord in endeavoring to enforce this Guaranty.
This Guaranty shall not be impaired by, and the Guarantor consents to, any modification, supplement, extension, or amendment of the Lease to which the parties to the Lease may hereafter agree. The liability of the Guarantor hereunder is direct and unconditional and may be enforced without requiring the Landlord first to resort to any other right, remedy, or security. The Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, reimbursement, or indemnity whatsoever, nor any right of recourse to security for the debts and obligations of Tenant to Landlord. Guarantor waives all defenses based on claims that Landlord has impaired any collateral for the Tenants obligations to Landlord or to Guarantor, including any such claim based on Lenders failure to perfect or maintain any security interest in Tenants property.
This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty that shall be effective before the commencement of the Lease Term, and shall remain effective following the Lease Term as to any surviving provisions that remain effective after the termination of the Lease. The Guarantors obligations under this Guaranty shall also continue in full force and effect after any transfer of the Tenants interest under the Lease as defined in the Lease, unless such obligation is terminated in writing by Landlord.
The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall in no way be affected, modified, or diminished by reason of (a) any assignment, renewal, modification, amendment, or extension of the Lease, or (b) any modification or waiver of or change in any of the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant, or (c) any extension of time that may be granted by Landlord to Tenant, or (d) any consent, release, indulgence, or other action, inaction, or omission under or in respect of the Lease (other than a default by Landlord), or (e) any dealings or transactions or matter or thing occurring between Landlord and Tenant (other than a default by Landlord), or (f) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, arrangement, assignment for the benefit of creditors, receivership, trusteeship, or similar proceeding affecting Tenant, or the rejection or disaffirmance of the Lease in any proceedings, whether or not notice of the proceedings is given to Guarantor.
Should Landlord be obligated by any bankruptcy or other law to repay to Tenant or to Guarantor or to any trustee, receiver, or other representative of either of them, any amounts previously paid, this Guaranty shall be reinstated in the amount of the repayments. Landlord shall not be required to litigate or otherwise dispute its obligation to make any repayments if it in good faith believes that the obligation exists.
No delay on the part of Landlord in exercising any right under this Guaranty or failure to exercise any right shall operate as a waiver of or otherwise affect any right nor shall any single or partial exercise of a right preclude any other or further exercise of the right or the exercise of any other right.
No waiver or modification of any provision or this Guaranty nor any termination of this Guaranty shall be effective unless in writing and signed by Landlord; nor shall any such waiver be applicable except in the specific instance for which given.
All of Landlords rights and remedies under the Lease and under this Guaranty, now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, are intended to be distinct, separate, and cumulative and no exercise or partial exercise of any right or remedy mentioned in the Lease or this Guaranty is intended to be in exclusion of or a waiver of any of the others.
If Landlord assigns the Lease or sells the Leased Premises, Landlord may assign this Guaranty to the assignee or transferee, who shall thereafter succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Guaranty to the same extent as if the assignee were an original guaranteed party named in this Guaranty, and the same rights shall accrue to each subsequent assignee of this Guaranty. If Tenant assigns or sublets the Leased Premises, the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect, unless terminated as otherwise provided herein.
From time to time, Guarantor, on not less than five days prior notice, shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate in a form generally consistent with the requirements of institutional lenders and certified to Landlord and any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Leased Premises; provided that no such estoppel shall enlarge the obligations of Guarantor hereunder. In addition, if requested, Guarantor shall provide any financial information concerning Guarantor that may be reasonably requested by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Leased Premises; provided that any such information shall be treated as confidential and not released to third parties except in connection with the enforcement of Landlords rights hereunder.
If any provision of this Guaranty or the application of any provision to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of that provision and this Guaranty and the application of the provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or enforceable shall not be affected thereby, and the remainder of the provision and this Guaranty shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.
As a further inducement to Landlord to make and enter into the Lease and in consideration of Landlords execution of the Lease, Landlord and Guarantor waive trial by jury in any action or proceeding brought on, under, or by virtue of this Guaranty.
Without regard to principles of conflicts of laws, the validity, interpretation, performance, and enforcement of this Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida and shall be deemed to have been made and performed in the State of Florida.
Any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in any way connected with this Guaranty shall be instituted in a court (federal or state) located in Orange County, Florida, which shall be the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for litigation concerning this Guaranty. Landlord and Guarantor shall be subject to the personal jurisdiction of those courts in any legal action or proceeding. In addition, Landlord and Guarantor waive any objection that they may now have or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding in those courts, and further waive the right to plead or claim that any action or proceeding brought in any of those courts has been brought in an inconvenient form.
If there is more than one Guarantor, the liability of each Guarantor shall be joint and several with all other Guarantors.
|
GUARANTOR |
|
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC. | |
|
||
Witness:
|
By: | /s/ Ken Barker |
/s/ Wendy Shaw-Rossie |
|
|
|
Print Name: | Ken Barker |
Wendy Shaw-Rossie |
|
|
|
Title: | Chief Accounting Officer |
|
||
|
||
Guarantors address: | ||
|
209 Redwood Shores Parkway | |
|
|
|
|
Redwood City, CA 94065
|
|
|
Dated: June 15, 2004 |
Exhibit 10.38
FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE
This First Amendment to Office Lease (this First Amendment ) is made and entered into as of March 3, 2004, by and between PLAYA VISTA WATERS EDGE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ), and ELECTRONIC ARTS INC., a Delaware corporation ( Tenant ).
RECITALS:
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease, dated July 31, 2003 (the Lease ), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord certain space (the Premises ) located at 5510 and 5570 Lincoln Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.
B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease, on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.
C. Except as otherwise provided herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings given such terms in the Lease.
AGREEMENT:
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
1. Tenants Additional Construction Obligations .
1.1 In General . Subject to the terms of this First Amendment, Tenant shall (i) construct the Surface Parking Lot and the loading dock to service the Project pursuant to the plans prepared by HLW International LLP, Site/Courtyard Package 5, Bulletin Number 1, dated January 30, 2004 (the Approved Plans ), and (ii) remove and dispose of the temporary power poles located on the Field and the area in which the Surface Parking Lot is to be constructed (such obligations to be referred to herein collectively as Tenants Additional Construction Obligations ). Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 1, all of the terms of the Tenant Work Letter applicable to the Tenant Improvements shall be applicable Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, including without limitation, causing such construction to comply with all Applicable Laws; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything in the Tenant Work Letter or anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant make any changes to the Approved Plans with respect to Tenants Additional Construction Obligations without the approval of Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be granted or denied within five (5) business days following Tenants request therefor. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all approvals or consents required by the Underlying Documents with respect to Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. In no event shall the Tenant Improvement Allowance or the Common Area Allowance be modified as a result of Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, provided that Landlord shall have the obligation to reimburse Tenant for the cost of
- 1 -
Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Section 1.4 of this First Amendment. Tenant shall complete Tenants Additional Construction Obligations so that such improvements, when completed, shall be in good condition and working order and free of defects.
1.2 Surface Parking Lot . Tenant shall, subject to Force Majeure Delays, complete the Surface Parking Lot in accordance with the terms hereof on or prior to April 1, 2004. Until such time as the Surface Parking Lot is complete, notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to provide more parking than the Existing Parking Garage can reasonably accommodate (including through use of valets and aisle stacking (which shall be paid for by Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of the Lease), (ii) the Aisle Parking Cap shall not be applicable, and (iii) all tenant parking (including employee, visitor, sublease and construction parking) and the Playa Vista Visitor Center parking required to be provided pursuant to the Underlying Documents shall be located in the Existing Parking Garage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall be permitted to designate commercially reasonably areas for the parking of non-Tenant vehicles.
1.3 Loading Dock and Temporary Power Poles . Subject to Applicable Laws, Tenant shall be permitted to construct the loading dock and to remove the temporary power poles at any time desired by Tenant during Tenants initial construction of the Tenant Improvements and Common Area Improvements. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all approvals and/or consents required by the Underlying Documents with respect to the foregoing work. The terms of Section 28.6 of the Lease shall remain applicable to parking spaces lost in connection with the loading dock, notwithstanding that the loading dock shall be constructed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this First Amendment.
1.4 Landlords Payment for Tenants Additional Construction Obligations . Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Contractor shall be responsible for the construction of Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. Landlord shall not have the right to approve the contract with Contractor with respect to Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, provided that such contract is commercially reasonable, is in written form signed by the parties, and contains commercially reasonable indemnification and insurance requirements (naming Landlord as additional insured/indemnitee) and contains commercially reasonable warranties and guarantees relating to Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. Contractor shall competitively bid the Tenants Additional Construction Obligations as part of Tenants Common Area Improvements (in accordance with the bidding process described below), and the lowest bidders (after reasonable adjustment for inconsistent qualifications, clarifications and exclusions, as reasonably approved by Landlord, is made) shall be selected. Landlord and Tenant shall mutually and reasonably agree upon the segregation of the costs of the Tenants Additional Construction Obligations from the costs of the Common Area Improvements, and, if applicable, the Tenant Improvements. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the entire cost of permitting, design and construction of the Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, subject to and substantially in accordance with the terms and procedures set forth in Section 2.2.2 of the Tenant Work Letter (with the words Tenants Additional Construction Obligations being substituted for the words Tenant Improvements); provided, however, that Landlord hereby agrees that, other than actual permitting, design and construction costs for Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, Landlord shall not be charged any additional amounts other than the Stipulated Fees and Reimbursements, as that
- 2 -
term is defined, below, in connection with Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. Tenant agrees to cause the Contractor to solicit bids from not less than three (3) qualified, reputable and appropriately licensed subcontractors with respect to each trade comprising a portion of Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. For purposes of this First Amendment, the Stipulated Fees and Reimbursements equal (i) with respect to Contractor, an amount equal to $36,748.00, and (ii) with respect to Tenants construction project manager (Aurora Development Corp.), an amount equal to $20,181.21.
1.5 Assignment of Guaranties and Warranties . Upon the completion of Tenants Additional Construction Obligations, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all guaranties and warranties by Contractor and/or any subcontractor relating to Tenants Additional Construction Obligations. In addition, to the extent necessary, at Landlords request, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable effects to assist Landlord in the enforcement of such guaranties and warranties.
2. Grease Interceptor . Landlord hereby agrees that, subject to the terms of the Tenant Work Letter (including, without limitation, Landlords approval of all plans and specifications in accordance with the terms of the Tenant Work Letter), as part of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall be permitted to construct a grease interceptor to service Tenants kitchen facilities within the Premises (the Grease Interceptor ) in the location set forth on Exhibit A , attached hereto. Tenant shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance, compliance with laws and other obligations with respect to the Grease Interceptor as are applicable to the Tenant Improvements, notwithstanding the location of the Grease Interceptor outside of the Premises, and Tenants indemnity, as set forth in Section 10.1 of the Lease, shall be applicable with respect to any Claims related to or connected with the Grease Interceptor. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease or this Section 2 to the contrary, Tenant hereby agrees that, to the extent required by Landlord in connection with the construction of the Building 3 Project, or any portion thereof, prior to such date as Landlord shall reasonably designate to avoid delay of the construction of the Building 3 Project, or any portion thereof, Tenant shall remove the Grease Interceptor (and restore any affected area of the Project to the condition existing prior to Tenants installation of the Grease Interceptor) and install the same in an alternative location mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (subject to the terms of the Lease, including, without limitation, Article 8 of the Lease). In the event that the Grease Interceptor shall eliminate any parking spaces at the Project, (i) all such parking spaces shall be deemed parking spaces provided to and used by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, (ii) the Aisle Parking Cap shall be increased by the number of parking spaces so eliminated, and (iii) Tenant shall be required to pay the parking charge calculated pursuant to the terms of Article 28 of the Lease with respect to such eliminated parking spaces.
3. Construction of Building 3; Relocation of Loading Dock . Landlord shall have the right to relocate the loading dock servicing the Project as initially constructed by Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof, at Landlords sole cost and expense, at such time, if applicable, that Building 3 is constructed, to a location mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant which does not materially interfere with the Field. Any such loading dock shall be constructed in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by Landlord.
4. Lease Commencement Date and Lease Expiration Date . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Lease Commencement Date occurred as of October 1, 2003,
- 3 -
and, notwithstanding anything in Section 7.3 of the Summary to the contrary, the Lease Expiration Date shall occur as of September 30, 2013.
5. Rent .
5.1 Base Rent .
5.1.1 Summary of Basic Lease Information . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Section 8 of the Summary is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with Exhibit B , attached hereto.
5.1.2 Base Rent Schedule . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, provided that no Commencement Date Delay(s) occurs under Section 5 of the Tenant Work Letter that, pursuant to such Section 5, would serve to extend or delay any Tranche Rent Commencement Date, the schedule of Base Rent payable by Tenant under the Lease shall be as set forth on Exhibit C , attached hereto, which amounts shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Lease.
5.2 Tenants Payment of Variable Operating Expenses . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding that Tenants Share shall be less than 100% prior to the Tranche Rent Commencement Date for Tranche 4, within thirty (30) days of billing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to all variable Operating Expenses, such components of variable Operating Expenses to be determined in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting practices consistently applied. This Section 5.2 is not intended to be duplicative of Section 2.1.4 of the Lease, but is instead intended to set forth and/or clarify that Tenant is at all times liable for all variable Operating Expenses incurred at the Project.
5.3
Storage Rent
. The schedule of Storage Rent, as set forth in
Section 29.36 of the Lease, is hereby deleted and is replaced with the
following:
Period of Lease Term
Monthly Storage Rent
9/1/05-8/31/06
9/1/06-8/31/07
9/1/07-8/31/08
9/1/08-8/31/09
9/1/09-8/31/10
9/1/10-8/31/11
9/1/11-8/31/12
9/1/12-8/31/13
9/1/13-9/30/13
$289.45
$299.00
$308.87
$319.06
$329.59
$340.46
$351.70
$363.31
$375.30
- 4 -
6. Lease Year Definition . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the seventh sentence (7th) of Section 2.1.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirely and is replaced with the following:
For purposes of this Lease, the term Lease Year shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that (a) for purposes of determining the Base Rent due under Section 8 of the Summary with respect to all Tranches other than Tranche 1, the term Lease Year shall mean each period commencing as of September 1 and continuing through and including the next occurring August 31 which occurs during the Lease Term, with the first such Lease Year commencing as of September 1, 2003, and (b) the last Lease Year in all instances shall end on the Lease Expiration Date.
In no event shall the foregoing alter or modify the terms of Section 5.1, above.
7. Other Miscellaneous Lease Changes .
7.1 Tranche 1 Part B RSF Transition Date . In the last line of Section 9 of the Summary, the words Tranche Part B RSF Transition Date are deleted and are hereby replaced with the words Tranche 1 Part B RSF Transition Date.
7.2 Proposition 8 Reductions . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Section 4.7 of the Lease shall be applicable only to the extent Landlord fails to fulfill its obligations set forth in the second (2nd) sentence of Section 4.2.4.2. The following is added following the third (3rd) sentence of Section 4.2.4.2: The reasonable out-of-pocket costs to pursue Proposition 8 reductions hereunder shall be paid by Landlord and included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid.
7.3 Underlying Documents . The thirteenth (13th) sentence of Article 5 is hereby deleted and is replaced with the following:
To the extent the Underlying Documents are so created or amended pursuant to the terms of this Article 5 and Tenant does not have the right to disapprove such Underlying Documents in accordance with this Article 5, Tenant, upon request by Landlord, will execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, evidencing Tenants subordination to any such amendment or newly created document within thirty (30) business days following request by Landlord.
7.4 Subleases of Tenant . The first sentence of Section 19.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted and is replaced with the following:
If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other
- 5 -
consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlords sole discretion, succeed to Tenants interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements.
7.5 Notices . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that word mailed in the second (2nd) sentence of Section 29.14 of the Lease is hereby deleted and is replaced with the following: delivered or delivery is rejected with respect to items mailed. In addition, for purposes of Section 29.14, personal delivery shall be deemed to include delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier.
8. Deletions . Sections 1.3 (Loading Dock), 1.4 (Temporary Power Poles), and 1.5 (Surface Parking Lot) of the Tenant Work Letter attached to the Lease as Exhibit D are hereby deleted in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.
9. No Other Modifications . Except as otherwise provided herein, all other terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unmodified by this First Amendment.
10. Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of original counterparts. Any such counterpart, when executed, shall constitute an original of this First Amendment, and all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same First Amendment.
11. Conflict . In the event of any conflict between the Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall prevail. Except as explicitly set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall be and remain in full force and effect.
- 6 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this First Amendment as of the date first set forth above.
LANDLORD : | ||||||||
PLAYA VISTA WATERS EDGE, LLC, | ||||||||
a Delaware limited liability company | ||||||||
|
||||||||
By: | CA-Playa Vista Waters Edge Limited Partnership, | |||||||
a Delaware limited partnership, | ||||||||
its Co-Manager | ||||||||
|
||||||||
By: | EOM GP, L.L.C., | |||||||
a Delaware limited liability company, | ||||||||
its general partner | ||||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: | Equity Office Management, L.L.C., | ||||||
|
a Delaware limited liability company, | |||||||
|
its non-member manager | |||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: /s/ Frank R. Campbell | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
Name: Frank R. Campbell | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
Title: Vice President | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
||||||||
By: | Maguire Partners PV Investor Partnership, L.P., | |||||||
a California limited partnership, | ||||||||
its Co-Manager | ||||||||
|
||||||||
By: | Maguire Partners PV IP GP, LLC, | |||||||
a California limited liability company, | ||||||||
its general partner | ||||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: | Maguire Partners SCS, Inc., | ||||||
|
a California corporation, | |||||||
|
its Manager | |||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: /s/ Richard I. Gilchrist | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
Name: Richard I. Gilchrist | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
Title: Co-CEO and President | |||||||
|
|
- 7 -
TENANT : | ||||||||
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC., a Delaware corporation | ||||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: | /s/ John Batter | ||||||
|
||||||||
|
Its: | Vice President, Group General Manager | ||||||
|
||||||||
|
By: | |||||||
|
||||||||
|
Its: | |||||||
|
- 8 -
EXHIBIT A
LOCATION OF GREASE INTERCEPTOR
EXHIBIT A
- 1 -
EXHIBIT B
LEASE SUMMARY SECTION 8
8. | Base Rent (Article 3): |
Tranche 1 Part A: |
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
1
|
$ | 812,406.00 | $ | 67,700.50 | $ | 17.40 | ||||||
2
|
$ | 857,695.30 | $ | 71,474.61 | $ | 18.37 | ||||||
3
|
$ | 904,385.30 | $ | 75,365.44 | $ | 19.37 | ||||||
4
|
$ | 952,942.90 | $ | 79,411.91 | $ | 20.41 | ||||||
5
|
$ | 1,002,901.20 | $ | 83,575.10 | $ | 21.48 | ||||||
6
|
$ | 1,054,260.20 | $ | 87,855.02 | $ | 22.58 | ||||||
7
|
$ | 1,107,486.80 | $ | 92,290.57 | $ | 23.72 | ||||||
8
|
$ | 1,162,581.00 | $ | 96,881.75 | $ | 24.90 | ||||||
9
|
$ | 1,219,542.80 | $ | 101,628.57 | $ | 26.12 | ||||||
10
|
$ | 1,278,372.20 | $ | 106,531.02 | $ | 27.38 |
Tranche 1 Part B**:
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | |||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
||||||||||
1
|
$ | 395,550.48 | $ | 32,962.54 | ||||||||
2
|
$ | 395,550.48 | $ | 32,962.54 | ||||||||
3
|
$ | 410,544.48 | $ | 34,212.04 | ||||||||
4
|
$ | 425,538.36 | $ | 35,461.53 | ||||||||
5
|
$ | 425,538.36 | $ | 35,461.53 |
EXHIBIT B
- 1 -
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | |||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
||||||||||
6
|
$ | 440,865.24 | $ | 36,738.77 | ||||||||
7
|
$ | 440,865.24 | $ | 36,738.77 | ||||||||
8
|
$ | 456,445.56 | $ | 38,037.13 | ||||||||
9
|
$ | 472,025.88 | $ | 39,335.49 | ||||||||
10
|
$ | 472,025.88 | $ | 39,335.49 |
** | Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Lease to the contrary, (i) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the monthly Base Rent due for Tranche 1 Part B in the amount of $29,795.65 (prorated for any partial months) for each month during the Lease Term occurring prior to (but not including) January, 2004, (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the monthly Base Rent due for Tranche 1 Part B in the amount of $12,000.00 for each month commencing as of January, 2004 and continuing through and including June, 2004, and (iii) Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the monthly Base Rent due for Tranche 1 Part B for the twelfth (12th) and twenty-fourth (24th) full calendar months of the Lease Term applicable to Tenants lease of Tranche 1 Part B in the amount of $29,795.65 for each such month. |
Tranche 2:
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
1
|
$ | 1,001,700.60 | $ | 83,475.05 | $ | 17.40 | ||||||
2
|
$ | 1,057,542.53 | $ | 88,128.54 | $ | 18.37 | ||||||
3
|
$ | 1,115,111.53 | $ | 92,925.96 | $ | 19.37 | ||||||
4
|
$ | 1,174,983.29 | $ | 97,915.27 | $ | 20.41 | ||||||
5
|
$ | 1,236,582.12 | $ | 103,048.51 | $ | 21.48 | ||||||
6
|
$ | 1,299,908.02 | $ | 108,325.67 | $ | 22.58 | ||||||
7
|
$ | 1,365,536.68 | $ | 113,794.72 | $ | 23.72 | ||||||
8
|
$ | 1,433,468.10 | $ | 119,455.68 | $ | 24.90 | ||||||
9
|
$ | 1,503,702.28 | $ | 125,308.52 | $ | 26.12 | ||||||
10
|
$ | 1,576,239.22 | $ | 131,353.27 | $ | 27.38 | ||||||
11*
|
$ | 1,652,277.00 | $ | 137,689.75 | $ | 28.70 |
EXHIBIT B
- 2 -
Tranche 3:
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
1
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
2
|
$ | 861,534.63 | $ | 71,794.55 | $ | 18.37 | ||||||
3
|
$ | 908,433.63 | $ | 75,702.80 | $ | 19.37 | ||||||
4
|
$ | 957,208.59 | $ | 79,767.38 | $ | 20.41 | ||||||
5
|
$ | 1,007,390.52 | $ | 83,949.21 | $ | 21.48 | ||||||
6
|
$ | 1,058,979.42 | $ | 88,248.29 | $ | 22.58 | ||||||
7
|
$ | 1,112,444.28 | $ | 92,703.69 | $ | 23.72 | ||||||
8
|
$ | 1,167,785.10 | $ | 97,315.43 | $ | 24.90 | ||||||
9
|
$ | 1,225,001.88 | $ | 102,083.49 | $ | 26.12 | ||||||
10
|
$ | 1,284,094.62 | $ | 107,007.89 | $ | 27.38 | ||||||
11*
|
$ | 1,346,039.40 | $ | 112,169.95 | $ | 28.70 |
Tranche 4 Part A:
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
1
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
2
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
3
|
$ | 908,898.51 | $ | 75,741.54 | $ | 19.37 | ||||||
4
|
$ | 957,698.43 | $ | 79,808.20 | $ | 20.41 | ||||||
5
|
$ | 1,007,906.04 | $ | 83,992.17 | $ | 21.48 | ||||||
6
|
$ | 1,059,521.34 | $ | 88,293.45 | $ | 22.58 | ||||||
7
|
$ | 1,113,013.56 | $ | 92,751.13 | $ | 23.72 |
EXHIBIT B
- 3 -
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
8
|
$ | 1,168,382.70 | $ | 97,365.23 | $ | 24.90 | ||||||
9
|
$ | 1,225,628.76 | $ | 102,135.73 | $ | 26.12 | ||||||
10
|
$ | 1,284,751.74 | $ | 107,062.65 | $ | 27.38 | ||||||
11*
|
$ | 1,346,728.20 | $ | 112,227.35 | $ | 28.70 |
Tranche 4 Part B:
Annual Base Rent | ||||||||||||
Annual Base | Monthly Installment | Per Rentable | ||||||||||
Lease Year
|
Rent
|
of Base Rent
|
Square Foot
|
|||||||||
1
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
2
|
N/A | N/A | N/A | |||||||||
3
|
$ | 506,118.73 | $ | 42,176.56 | $ | 19.37 | ||||||
4
|
$ | 533,292.89 | $ | 44,441.07 | $ | 20.41 | ||||||
5
|
$ | 561,250.92 | $ | 46,770.91 | $ | 21.48 | ||||||
6
|
$ | 589,992.82 | $ | 49,166.07 | $ | 22.58 | ||||||
7
|
$ | 619,779.88 | $ | 51,648.32 | $ | 23.72 | ||||||
8
|
$ | 650,612.10 | $ | 54,217.68 | $ | 24.90 | ||||||
9
|
$ | 682,489.48 | $ | 56,874.12 | $ | 26.12 | ||||||
10
|
$ | 715,412.02 | $ | 59,617.67 | $ | 27.38 | ||||||
11*
|
$ | 749,923.44 | $ | 62,493.62 | $ | 28.70 |
Tenant shall be required to pay Early Rent, as that term is defined in Section 2.1.2 of this Lease, with respect to Tranche 2, Tranche 3 and Tranche 4 as and to the extent provided for in Section 2.1.2 of this Lease.
* | 11th Lease Year ends on Lease Expiration Date. |
EXHIBIT B
- 4 -
EXHIBIT C
BASE RENT SCHEDULE
Lease Name:
Traunch 1-A
Traunch 1-B
Traunch 2
Traunch 3
Space location:
Bldg 2-4th
Playa Capital
Bldg 1
Bldg 2-3rd
RSF:
46,690
(see below left)
57,569
46,899
October-03
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
3,166.89
$
1.450
$
0.00
$
0.00
November-03
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
3,166.89
$
1.450
$
0.00
$
0.00
December-03
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
3,166.89
$
1.450
$
0.00
$
0.00
January-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
0.00
$
0.00
February-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
0.00
$
0.00
March-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
April-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
May-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
June-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
20,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
July-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
August-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.450
$
83,475.05
$
0.00
September-04
$
1.450
$
67,700.50
19,223
$
3,166.89
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,794.55
October-04
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
November-04
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
December-04
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
January-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
February-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
March-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
April-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
May-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
June-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
July-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
August-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
32,962.54
$
1.531
$
88,128.54
$
71,941.55
September-05
$
1.531
$
71,474.61
19,223
$
3,166.89
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
October-05
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
November-05
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
December-05
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
January-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
February-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
March-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
April-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
May-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
June-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
July-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
August-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.614
$
92,925.96
$
75,702.80
September-06
$
1.614
$
75,365.44
19,223
$
34,212.04
$
1.701
$
97,915.27
$
79,767.38
October-06
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
November-06
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
December-06
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
January-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
February-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
March-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
April-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
May-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
June-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
July-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
August-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
67,915.27
$
79,767.38
September-07
$
1.701
$
79,411.91
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.701
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
October-07
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
November-07
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
December-07
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
January-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
February-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
March-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
April-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
May-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
June-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
[Additional columns below]
[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]
EXHIBIT C
- 5 -
Traunch 4-A
Traunch 4-B
Bldg 2-2nd
Bldg 2-ground
TOTAL
46,923
26,129
243,433
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
70,867.39
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
70,867.39
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
70,867.39
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
88,663.04
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
88,663.04
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
172,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
172,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
172,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
172,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
184,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
184,138.09
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
230,790.48
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
0.00
$
0.00
$
264,360.25
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
361,188.36
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
75,741.54
$
42,176.56
$
396,124.35
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
411,509.42
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
79,808.20
$
44,441.07
$
416,805.37
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
432,634.24
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
Lease Name:
Traunch 1-A
Traunch 1-B
Traunch 2
Traunch 3
Space location:
Bldg 2-4th
Playa Capital
Bldg 1
Bldg 2-3rd
RSF:
46,690
(see below left)
57,569
46,899
July-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
August-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.790
$
103,048.51
$
83,949.21
September-08
$
1.790
$
83,575.10
19,223
$
35,461.53
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
October-08
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
November-08
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
December-08
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
January-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
February-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
March-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
April-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
May-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
June-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
July-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
August-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.882
$
108,325.67
$
88,248.29
September-09
$
1.882
$
87,855.02
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
October-09
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
November-09
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
December-09
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
January-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
February-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
March-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
April-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
May-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
June-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
July-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
August-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
1.977
$
113,794.72
$
92,703.69
September-10
$
1.977
$
92,290.57
18,584
$
36,738.77
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
October-10
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
November-10
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
December-10
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
January-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
February-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
March-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
April-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
May-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
June-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
July-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
August-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.075
$
119,455.68
$
97,315.43
September-11
$
2.075
$
96,881.75
18,584
$
38,037.13
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
October-11
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
November-11
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
December-11
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
January-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
February-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
March-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
April-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
May-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
June-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
July-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
August-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.177
$
125,308.52
$
102,083.49
September-12
$
2.177
$
101,628.57
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
October-12
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
November-12
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
December-12
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
January-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
February-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
March-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
April-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
May-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
June-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
July-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
August-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.282
$
131,353.27
$
107,007.89
September-13
$
2.282
$
106,531.02
18,584
$
39,335.49
$
2.392
$
137,689.75
$
112,169.95
[Additional columns below]
[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]
Traunch 4-A
Traunch 4-B
Bldg 2-2nd
Bldg 2-ground
TOTAL
46,923
26,129
243,433
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
83,992.17
$
46,770.91
$
436,797.43
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
453,070.10
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
88,293.45
$
49,166.07
$
458,627.25
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
475,491.65
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
92,751.13
$
51,648.32
$
479,927.20
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
497,383.34
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
97,365.23
$
54,217.68
$
503,272.88
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
521,320.75
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
102,135.73
$
56,874.12
$
527,365.92
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
546,005.52
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
107,062.65
$
59,617.67
$
550,907.97
$
112,227.35
$
62,493.62
$
570,447.17
EXHIBIT C
- 6 -
EXHIBIT 10.39
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Copyright © 2003
By Clark/Bardes Consulting
All Rights Reserved
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||||
Purpose |
|
1 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 1 |
Definitions
|
1 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 2 |
Selection/Enrollment/Eligibility
|
6 | ||||||
|
||||||||
2.1 |
Selection by Committee
|
6 | ||||||
2.2 |
Enrollment Requirements
|
6 | ||||||
2.3 |
Eligibility; Commencement of Participation
|
6 | ||||||
2.4 |
Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals
|
6 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 3 |
Deferral Commitments/Rollover Amounts/Company
Restoration Matching Amounts/Company Contribution Amounts/Vesting/Crediting/Taxes |
7 | ||||||
|
||||||||
3.1 |
Minimum Deferrals
|
7 | ||||||
3.2 |
Maximum Deferral
|
7 | ||||||
3.3 |
Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form
|
8 | ||||||
3.4 |
Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts
|
8 | ||||||
3.5 |
Rollover Amount
|
8 | ||||||
3.6 |
Annual Company Restoration Matching Amount
|
8 | ||||||
3.7 |
Annual Company Contribution Amount
|
9 | ||||||
3.8 |
Investment of Trust Assets
|
9 | ||||||
3.9 |
Vesting
|
9 | ||||||
3.10 |
Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances
|
10 | ||||||
3.11 |
FICA and Other Taxes
|
11 | ||||||
3.12 |
Distributions
|
12 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 4 |
Short-Term Payout/Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies/Withdrawal Election
|
12 | ||||||
|
||||||||
4.1 |
Short-Term Payout
|
12 | ||||||
4.2 |
Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term
|
13 | ||||||
4.3 |
Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies
|
13 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 5 |
Survivor Benefit
|
13 | ||||||
|
||||||||
5.1 |
Survivor Benefit
|
13 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 6 |
Termination Benefit
|
13 | ||||||
|
||||||||
6.1 |
Termination Benefit
|
13 | ||||||
6.2 |
Payment of Termination Benefit
|
13 |
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Page | ||||||||
ARTICLE 7 |
Disability Waiver and Benefit
|
14 | ||||||
|
||||||||
7.1 |
Disability Waiver
|
14 | ||||||
7.2 |
Continued Eligibility; Disability Benefit
|
14 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 8 |
Beneficiary Designation
|
15 | ||||||
|
||||||||
8.1 |
Beneficiary
|
15 | ||||||
8.2 |
Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent
|
15 | ||||||
8.3 |
Acknowledgement
|
15 | ||||||
8.4 |
No Beneficiary Designation
|
15 | ||||||
8.5 |
Doubt as to Beneficiary
|
16 | ||||||
8.6 |
Discharge of Obligations
|
16 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 9 |
Leave of Absence
|
16 | ||||||
|
||||||||
9.1 |
Paid Leave of Absence
|
16 | ||||||
9.2 |
Unpaid Leave of Absence
|
16 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 10 |
Termination/Amendment or Modification
|
17 | ||||||
|
||||||||
10.1 |
Termination
|
17 | ||||||
10.2 |
Amendment
|
17 | ||||||
10.3 |
Plan Agreement
|
18 | ||||||
10.4 |
Effect of Payment
|
18 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 11 |
Administration
|
18 | ||||||
|
||||||||
11.1 |
Committee Duties
|
18 | ||||||
11.2 |
Administration Upon Change In Control
|
18 | ||||||
11.3 |
Agents
|
19 | ||||||
11.4 |
Binding Effect of Decisions
|
19 | ||||||
11.5 |
Indemnity of Committee
|
19 | ||||||
11.6 |
Employer Information
|
19 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 12 |
Other Benefits and Agreements
|
19 | ||||||
|
||||||||
12.1 |
Coordination with Other Benefits
|
19 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 13 |
Claims Procedures
|
19 | ||||||
|
||||||||
13.1 |
Presentation of Claim
|
19 | ||||||
13.2 |
Notification of Decision
|
20 | ||||||
13.3 |
Review of a Denied Claim
|
20 | ||||||
13.4 |
Decision on Review
|
20 | ||||||
13.5 |
Mediation
|
20 | ||||||
13.6 |
Binding Arbitration
|
21 |
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Page | ||||||||
ARTICLE 14 |
Trust
|
21 | ||||||
|
||||||||
14.1 |
Establishment of the Trust
|
21 | ||||||
14.2 |
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust
|
21 | ||||||
14.3 |
Distributions From the Trust
|
21 | ||||||
|
||||||||
ARTICLE 15 |
Miscellaneous
|
21 | ||||||
|
||||||||
15.1 |
Status of Plan
|
21 | ||||||
15.2 |
Unsecured General Creditor
|
22 | ||||||
15.3 |
Employers Liability
|
22 | ||||||
15.4 |
Nonassignability
|
22 | ||||||
15.5 |
Not a Contract of Employment
|
22 | ||||||
15.6 |
Furnishing Information
|
22 | ||||||
15.7 |
Terms
|
22 | ||||||
15.8 |
Captions
|
22 | ||||||
15.9 |
Governing Law
|
22 | ||||||
15.10 |
Notice
|
23 | ||||||
15.11 |
Successors
|
23 | ||||||
15.12 |
Spouses Interest
|
23 | ||||||
15.13 |
Validity
|
23 | ||||||
15.14 |
Incompetent
|
23 | ||||||
15.15 |
Court Order
|
23 | ||||||
15.16 |
Distribution in the Event of Taxation
|
24 | ||||||
15.17 |
Insurance
|
24 | ||||||
15.18 |
Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control
|
24 |
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
ELECTRONIC ARTS DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Amended and Restated as of April 1, 2003
Purpose
The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and Directors who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Electronic Arts, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan shall amend and supersede in its entirety the Electronic Arts Deferred Compensation Plan, adopted January 21, 1994 and amended June 1, 1995 and June 27, 1996. Any and all balances accrued by a Participant under such predecessor plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and shall be referred to as the Rollover Account.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:
1.1 |
Account Balance shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on
the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (i) the Rollover Account
balance, (ii) the Deferral Account balance, (iii) the vested Company
Restoration Matching Account balance, and (iv) the vested Company
Contribution Account balance. The Account Balance, and each other
specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be
utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the
amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary,
pursuant to this Plan.
|
|||
1.2 |
Annual Base Salary shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to
services performed during the period beginning on October 1 of a calendar
year and ending on September 30 of the succeeding calendar year (while the
Employee is a Participant in the Plan), whether or not paid in such year
or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such year, excluding
bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, restricted
stock, relocation expenses, unused and unpaid excess vacation days,
incentive payments, non-monetary awards, directors fees and other fees,
automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment
services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the
Employees gross income). Annual Base Salary shall be calculated before
reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the
Participant pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of any
Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included
in the Participants gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by any Employer; provided,
however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to
the extent that, had there been no such plan, the amount would have been
payable in cash to the Employee.
|
|||
1.3 |
Annual Bonus shall mean any compensation, in addition to Annual Base
Salary, relating to services performed during any Plan Year, whether or
not paid in such year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for
such year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under any
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Employers annual or quarterly bonus and/or cash incentive plans,
excluding stock options and restricted stock.
|
||||
1.4 |
Annual Company Contribution Amount shall mean, for any one Plan Year,
the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.7.
|
|||
1.5 |
Annual Company Restoration Matching Amount shall mean, for any one Plan
Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.6.
|
|||
1.6 |
Annual Deferral Amount shall mean that portion of a Participants
Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and Directors Fees that a Participant
elects to have, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one
Plan Year. In the event of a Participants Disability (if deferrals cease
in accordance with Section 7.1), death, or a Termination of Employment
prior to the end of a Plan Year, such years Annual Deferral Amount shall
be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.
|
|||
1.7 |
Annual Installment Method shall be an annual installment payment over
the number of years (not to exceed 10) selected by the Participant in
accordance with this Plan, calculated as follows: The Account Balance of
the Participant shall be calculated as of the most recent Valuation Date.
The annual installment shall be calculated by multiplying this balance by
a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is
the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant. By way of
example, if the Participant elects a 10-year Annual Installment Method,
the first payment shall be 1/10 of the Account Balance as of the most
recent Valuation Date. The following year, the payment shall be 1/9 of
the Account Balance as of the most recent Valuation Date. Each annual
installment shall be paid as soon as practicable after the amount is
calculated, but not later than thirty days after the Valuation Date.
|
|||
1.8 |
Beneficiary shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other
entities, designated in accordance with Article 8, that are entitled to
receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.
|
|||
1.9 |
Beneficiary Designation Form shall mean the form established from time
to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns
to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
|
|||
1.10 |
Board shall mean the board of directors of the Company.
|
|||
1.11 |
Change in Control shall mean the first to occur of any of the following
events:
|
(a) |
Any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any
other corporation or corporations in which the shareholders of the
Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger do not
retain a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation;
|
|||
(b) |
Any cash tender offer, exchange offer, merger or other business
combination, sale of assets or contested election, or combination of
the foregoing, if the persons who were Directors of the Company
immediately prior to such event no longer constitute a majority of
the Companys Board of Directors;
|
|||
(c) |
Any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company; or
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
(d) |
Any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
|
1.12 |
Claimant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
|
|||
1.13 |
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended
from time to time.
|
|||
1.14 |
Committee shall mean the committee described in Article 11
|
|||
1.15 |
Company shall mean Electronic Arts, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
any successor to all or substantially all of the Companys assets or
business.
|
|||
1.16 |
Company Contribution Account shall mean (i) the sum of the
Participants Annual Company Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts
credited (net of amounts debited) in accordance with all the applicable
crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participants Company
Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant
or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the
Participants Company Contribution Account.
|
|||
1.17 |
Company Restoration Matching Account shall mean (i) the sum of all of a
Participants Annual Company Restoration Matching Amounts, plus (ii)
amounts credited (net of amounts debited) in accordance with all the
applicable provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participants
Company Restoration Matching Account, less (iii) all distributions made to
the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that
relate to the Participants Company Restoration Matching Account.
|
|||
1.18 |
Deduction Limitation shall mean the following described limitation on a
benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of
this Plan. Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied
to all distributions that are subject to the Deduction Limitation under
this Plan. If an Employer determines in good faith prior to a Change in
Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid
to a Participant for a taxable year of the Employer would not be
deductible by the Employer solely by reason of the limitation under Code
Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Employer to
ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant
pursuant to this Plan prior to the Change in Control is deductible, the
Employer may defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan.
Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be
credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.10
below, even if such amount is being paid out in installments. The amounts
so deferred and amounts credited thereon shall be distributed to the
Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participants
death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Employer in
good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to
the Participant for the taxable year of the Employer during which the
distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier,
the effective date of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Plan, the Deduction Limitation shall not apply to any
distributions made after a Change in Control.
|
|||
1.19 |
Deferral Account shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participants
Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all
the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the
Participants Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the
Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to
his or her Deferral Account.
|
|||
1.20 |
Director shall mean any member of the board of directors of the
Employer.
|
|||
1.21 |
Director Fees shall mean the annual fees paid by any Employer,
including retainer fees and
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
meeting fees, as compensation for serving on the Board.
|
||||
1.22 |
Disability shall mean a period of disability during which a Participant
qualifies for permanent disability benefits under the Participants
Employers long-term disability plan, or, if a Participant does not
participate in such a plan, a period of disability during which the
Participant would have qualified for permanent disability benefits under
such a plan had the Participant been a participant in such a plan, as
determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee. If the
Participants Employer does not sponsor such a plan, or discontinues to
sponsor such a plan, Disability shall be determined by the Committee in
its sole and absolute discretion.
|
|||
1.23 |
Disability Benefit shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 7.
|
|||
1.24 |
Election Form shall mean the form established from time to time by the
Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee
to make an election under the Plan.
|
|||
1.25 |
Employee shall mean a person who is an employee of any Employer.
|
|||
1.26 |
Employer(s) shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (now
in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that have been selected by
the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a
sponsor.
|
|||
1.27 |
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as it may be amended from time to time.
|
|||
1.28 |
Participant shall mean any Employee or Director (i) who is selected to
participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to participate in the Plan, (iii)
who signs a Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation
Form, (iv) whose signed Plan Agreement, Election Form and Beneficiary
Designation Form are accepted by the Committee, (v) who commences
participation in the Plan, and (vi) whose Plan Agreement has not
terminated. A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be
treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an account balance under the
Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participants benefits
under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements
resulting from legal separation or divorce.
|
|||
1.29 |
Plan shall mean the Electronic Arts Deferred Compensation Plan, which
shall be evidenced by this instrument and by each Plan Agreement, as they
may be amended from time to time.
|
|||
1.30 |
Plan Agreement shall mean a written agreement, as may be amended from
time to time, which is entered into by and between an Employer and a
Participant. Each Plan Agreement executed by a Participant and the
Participants Employer shall provide for the entire benefit to which such
Participant is entitled under the Plan; should there be more than one Plan
Agreement, the Plan Agreement bearing the latest date of acceptance by the
Employer shall supersede all previous Plan Agreements in their entirety
and shall govern such entitlement. The terms of any Plan Agreement may be
different for any Participant, and any Plan Agreement may provide
additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits
otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, however, that any such
additional benefits or benefit limitations must be agreed to by both the
Employer and the Participant.
|
|||
1.31 |
Plan Year shall, for the first Plan Year, begin on April 1, 2003 and
end on March 31, 2004. For each Plan Year thereafter, Plan Year shall
mean a period beginning on April 1 of each calendar year and continuing
through March 31 of the succeeding calendar year.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
1.32 |
Predecessor Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan shall mean the
Electronic Arts Deferred Compensation Plan, adopted January 21, 1994, as
amended.
|
|||
1.33 |
401(k) Plan shall be that certain Electronic Arts, Inc. defined
contribution plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a),
401(k), 401(m), and 414(i) of the Code, as adopted by the Company.
|
|||
1.34 |
Rollover Amount shall mean the amount determined in accordance with
Section 3.5.
|
|||
1.35 |
Rollover Account shall mean (i) the sum of the Participants Rollover
Amount, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited in accordance with all the
applicable crediting and debiting provisions of this Plan that relate to
the Participants Rollover Account, less (iii) all distributions made to
the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that
relate to the Participants Rollover Account.
|
|||
1.36 |
Short-Term Payout shall mean the payout set forth in Section 4.1.
|
|||
1.37 |
Survivor Benefit shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.
|
|||
1.38 |
Termination Benefit shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.
|
|||
1.39 |
Termination of Employment or Terminate shall mean the severing of
employment with all Employers, or service as a Director of all Employers,
voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Disability, death
or an authorized leave of absence. If a Participant is both an Employee
and a Director, a Termination of Employment shall occur only upon the
termination of the last position held; provided, however, that such a
Participant may elect, at least thirteen (13) months before Termination of
Employment and in accordance with the policies and procedures established
by the Committee, to be treated for purposes of this Plan as having
experienced a Termination of Employment at the time he or she ceases
employment with an Employer as an Employee.
|
|||
1.40 |
Trust shall mean one or more trusts established pursuant to that
certain Trust Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2003 between the Company
and the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.
|
|||
1.41 |
Unforeseeable Financial Emergency shall mean an unanticipated emergency
that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that
would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting
from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or
a dependent of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participants property
due to casualty, or (iii) such other extraordinary and unforeseeable
circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the
Participant, all as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the
Committee.
|
|||
1.42 |
Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year or any other
date as of which the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
designates as a Valuation Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything
in this Plan to the contrary, the Valuation Date may be different for
different Participants.
|
|||
1.43 |
Years of Service shall mean the total number of years in which a
Participant has been employed by one or more Employers. For purposes of
this definition, a year of employment shall be a 365 day period (or 366
day period in case of a leap year) that, for the first year of employment,
commences on the Employees date of hiring and that, for any subsequent
year,
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
commences on an anniversary of that hiring date. The Committee shall make
a determination as to the number of Years of Service a Participant shall
be deemed to have completed, including whether any partial year of
employment shall be counted, and any such determination may, in the sole
and absolute discretion of the Committee, take into account any similar
definitions or provisions contained in the Qualified Plan.
|
ARTICLE 2
Selection/Enrollment/Eligibility
2.1 |
Selection by
Committee
.
Eligibility for the Plan shall be limited to a
select group of management or highly compensated Employees and Directors
of the Employers, as determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion. From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole and
absolute discretion, Employees and Directors to participate in the Plan.
|
|||
2.2 |
Enrollment
Requirements
.
As a condition to participation, each selected
Employee or Director shall complete, execute and return to the Committee a
Plan Agreement, an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all
within thirty (30) days after he or she is selected to participate in the
Plan. In addition, the Committee shall establish from time to time such
other enrollment requirements (including additional forms) as it
determines are necessary in its sole and absolute discretion.
|
|||
2.3 |
Eligibility;
Commencement of Participation
.
Provided an Employee or
Director selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment
requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee,
including returning all required forms and documents to the Committee
within the specified time period, that Employee or Director shall commence
participation in the Plan on the first day of the month following the
month in which the Employee or Director completes all enrollment
requirements. If an Employee or a Director fails to meet all such
requirements within the required period, in accordance with Section 2.2,
that Employee or Director shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan
until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and
acceptance by the Committee of the required documents.
|
|||
2.4 |
Termination of
Participation and/or Deferrals
.
If the Committee
determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a
member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as
membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2),
301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Committee shall have the right, in
its sole and absolute discretion, to: (i) terminate any deferral election
the Participant has made for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the
Participants membership status changes, (ii) prevent the Participant from
making future deferral elections and/or (iii) immediately distribute the
Participants then Account Balance as a Termination Benefit and terminate
the Participants participation in the Plan.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
ARTICLE 3
Deferral Commitments/Rollover Amounts/Company Restoration Matching Amounts/Company
Contribution Amounts/Vesting/Crediting/Taxes
3.1 |
Minimum Deferrals
.
|
(a) |
Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and Director Fees
.
For each
Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual
Deferral Amount, Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director
Fees in the following minimum amount:
|
Deferral
|
Minimum Amount | ||||
Annual Base Salary
and/or Annual Bonus |
$5,000 in aggregate | ||||
Director Fees | $5,000 | ||||
If an election is made for less than such minimums or if no election
is made, the amount deferred shall be zero.
|
||||
(b) |
Short Plan Year
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a
Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan
Year, or in the case of the First Plan Year of this Plan, the minimum
Annual Deferral Amount shall be an amount equal to the minimum set
forth above, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of complete months remaining in the Plan Year and the
denominator of which is 12.
|
3.2 |
Maximum Deferral
.
|
(a) |
Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and Directors Fees
.
For each
Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual
Deferral Amount, Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director
Fees up to the following maximum percentages for each deferral
elected:
|
Deferral
|
Maximum Amount
|
||||||
Annual Base Salary
|
75 | % | |||||
Annual Bonus
|
100 | % | |||||
Director Fees
|
100 | % | |||||
(b) |
Short Plan Year
.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a
Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a
Plan Year, or in the case of the First Plan Year of the Plan
itself, the maximum Annual Deferral Amount with respect to Annual
Base Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Director Fees shall be limited to
the amount of compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of
the date the Participant submits a Plan Agreement and Election
Form to the Committee for acceptance.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
3.3 |
Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form
.
|
(a) |
First Plan Year
.
In connection with a Participants
commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant shall make
an irrevocable deferral election for the Plan Year in which the
Participant commences participation in the Plan, along with such
other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under
the Plan. For these elections to be valid, the Election Form must be
completed and signed by the Participant, timely delivered to the
Committee (in accordance with Section 2.2 above) and accepted by the
Committee.
|
|||
(b) |
Subsequent Plan Years
.
For each succeeding Plan Year,
an irrevocable deferral election for that Plan Year, and such other
elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the
Plan, shall be made by timely delivering to the Committee, in
accordance with the Committees rules and procedures, a new Election
Form. If no such Election Form is timely delivered for a Plan Year,
the Annual Deferral Amount shall be zero for that Plan Year.
|
3.4 |
Withholding of Annual
Deferral Amounts
.
For each Plan Year, the
Annual Base Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld
from each regularly scheduled Annual Base Salary payroll in equal amounts
over each pay period, as adjusted from time to time for increases and
decreases in Annual Base Salary. The Annual Bonus and/or Director Fees
portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the
Annual Bonus or Director Fees are or otherwise would be paid to the
Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself.
|
3.5 |
Rollover Amount
.
If an Employee has an account balance in the
Predecessor Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, an amount equal to
his/her account balance valued as of March 31, 2003 shall be credited to
the Participants Rollover Account under this Plan on April 1, 2003. The
Rollover Amount shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan
and any Participant with a Rollover Amount shall have no right to demand
distribution of such amounts other than as provided for herein.
|
3.6 |
Annual Company Restoration Matching Amount
.
A
Participants Annual Company Restoration Matching Amount for any Plan Year
shall be equal to an amount that is determined pursuant to the following
three steps: (i) calculate the Company matching contribution that would
have been made to the Participants account in the Companys 401(k) Plan
had the Participants Annual Deferral Amount in this Plan been zero; (ii)
calculate the Company matching contribution that was actually made to the
Participants account in the Companys 401(k) Plan; (iii) subtract item
(ii) from item (i). The amount so credited to a Participant under this
Plan shall be for that Participant the Annual Company Restoration Matching
Amount for that Plan Year and shall be credited to the Participants
Company Restoration Matching Account on a date or dates to be determined
by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
3.7 |
Annual Company Contribution Amount
.
For each Plan Year, an
Employer, in its sole and absolute discretion, may, but is not required
to, credit any amount it desires to any Participants Company Contribution
Account under this Plan, which amount shall be for that Participant the
Annual Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. The amount so
credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount
credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any
Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other
Participants receive an Annual Company Contribution Amount for that Plan
Year. The Annual Company Contribution Amount, if any, shall be credited
on a date or dates to de be determined by the Committee in its sole and
absolute discretion, and the crediting date or dates may be different for
different Participants. Notwithstanding anything in this Section or the
Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is not employed by an Employer as
of the last day of a Plan Year other than by reason of his or her death
while employed, the Annual Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year
shall be zero.
|
3.8 |
Investment of Trust Assets
.
The Trustee of the Trust
shall be authorized, upon written instructions received from the Committee
or investment manager appointed by the Committee, to invest and reinvest
the assets of the Trust in accordance with the applicable Trust Agreement.
|
3.9 |
Vesting
.
|
(a) |
A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her
Rollover Account and Deferral Account.
|
|||
(b) |
A Participant shall be vested in his or her Company
Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedules
established by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
for each Annual Company Contribution Amount (and amounts credited or
debited thereon) at the time such Annual Company Contribution Amount
is first credited to the Participants Account Balance under the
Plan. The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, will
determine over what period of time and in what percentage increments
a Participant shall vest in his or her Company Contribution Account.
The Committee may establish different vesting schedules for different
Participants, in its sole and absolute discretion.
|
|||
(c) |
A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her
Annual Company Restoration Matching Account.
|
|||
(d) |
Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
except as provided in subsection (e) below, in the event of a Change
in Control, a Participants Company Contribution Account shall
immediately become 100% vested (without regard to whether it is
already vested in accordance with the above vesting schedules).
|
|||
(e) |
Notwithstanding subsection (d) above, the vesting schedule for
a Participants Company Contribution Account and/or Company
Restoration Matching Account shall not be accelerated to the extent
that the Committee determines that such acceleration would cause the
deduction limitations of Section 280G of the Code to become
effective. In the event that all of a Participants Company
Contribution Account is not vested pursuant to
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
such a determination, the Participant may request independent
verification of the Committees calculations with respect to the
application of Section 280G. In such case, the Committee must
provide to the Participant within thirty (30) business days of such
a request an opinion from a regionally-recognized accounting firm
selected by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion (the
Accounting Firm). The opinion shall state the Accounting Firms
opinion that any limitation in the vested percentage hereunder is
necessary to avoid the limits of Section 280G and contain supporting
calculations. The cost of such opinion shall be paid for by the
Company.
|
3.10
(a)
(b)
(c)
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
(d) |
Crediting or Debiting Method
.
The performance of each
elected Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) will be
determined by the Committee, in its reasonable discretion, based on
available reports of the performance of the Measurement Funds. A
Participants Account Balance shall be credited or debited on a daily
basis based on the performance of each Measurement Fund selected by
the Participant, as determined by the Committee in its sole and
absolute discretion, as though (i) a Participants Account Balance
were invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant,
in the percentages applicable to such day, as of the close of
business on such day, at the closing price on such date; (ii) the
portion of the Annual Deferral Amount that was actually deferred
during any day were invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by
the Participant, in the percentages applicable to such day, no later
than the close of business on the first business day after the day on
which such amounts are actually deferred from the Participants
Annual Base Salary through reductions in his or her payroll, at the
closing price on such date; and (iii) any distribution made to a
Participant that decreases such Participants Account Balance ceased
being invested in the Measurement Fund(s), in the percentages
applicable to such day, no earlier than one business day prior to the
distribution, at the closing price on such date.
|
|||
(e) |
No Actual Investment
.
Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the
Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a
Participants election of any such Measurement Fund, the allocation
to his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional
amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a
Participants Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in
any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in
any such Measurement Fund. In the event that the Company or the
Trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust), in its own
discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the Measurement
Funds, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments
themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participants Account
Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not
represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company or
the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured
creditor of the Company.
|
3.11 |
FICA and Other Taxes
.
|
(a) |
Annual Deferral Amounts
.
For each Plan Year in which
an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from an Employee
Participant, the Participants Employer(s) shall withhold from that
portion of the Participants Annual Base Salary and/or Annual Bonus
that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the
Employer(s), the Participants share of FICA and other employment
taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Committee
may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this
Section.
|
|||
(b) |
Company Restoration Matching Amounts
.
For a
Participants Company Restoration Matching Amount, the Participants
Employer(s) shall withhold from the Participants
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Annual Base Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not deferred, in a
manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participants share of
FICA and other employment taxes. If necessary, the Committee may
reduce the vested portion of the Participants Company Restoration
Matching Account in order to comply with this Section.
|
||||
(c) |
Other Amounts
.
When an Employee Participant becomes
vested in a portion of his or her Annual Company Contribution
Amounts, the Participants Employer(s) shall withhold from the
Participants Annual Base Salary and/or Annual Bonus that is not
deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer(s) in its sole and
absolute discretion, the Participants share of FICA and other
employment taxes on the portion of the Annual Company Contribution
Amounts that becomes vested. If necessary, the Committee may reduce
the vested portion of the Participants aforementioned amounts in
order to comply with this Section.
|
3.12
ARTICLE 4
Short-Term Payout/Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies/
Withdrawal Election
4.1 |
Short-Term Payout
.
In connection with each election to
defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may irrevocably elect to
receive a future Short-Term Payout from the Plan with respect to a
portion or all of such Annual Deferral Amount. Subject to the Deduction
Limitation, the Short-Term Payout shall be a lump sum payment in an amount
equal to the portion of the Annual Deferral Amount elected for such Short
Term Payout by the Participant plus amounts credited or debited in the
manner provided in Section 3.10 above on that amount, determined at the
time that the Short-Term Payout becomes payable (rather than the date of a
Termination of Employment). Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the
other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected
shall be paid out during a sixty (60) day period commencing immediately
after the last day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant that is
at least three Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year in which the
Annual Deferral Amount is actually deferred. By way of example, if a
three year Short-Term Payout is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that
are deferred in the Plan Year commencing April 1, 2003, the three year
Short-Term Payout would become payable during a sixty (60) day period
commencing April 1, 2007. In addition, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Section 4.1, Section 4.2 and all other provisions of
this Plan, any similar elections made pursuant to the terms of the
Predecessor Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be deemed to
remain in effect under this Plan. The distribution date selected by a
Participant in connection with such election(s) under the Predecessor
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan shall remain binding on the
parties. The Committee shall, in its sole and absolute discretion,
determine how
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
any amounts deferred under the Predecessor Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan shall be treated pursuant to the language of Article 4
and the Plan.
|
||||
4.2 |
Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term
.
Should
an event occur that triggers a benefit under Article 5, 6, 7 or 8, any
Annual Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited thereon, that is
subject to a Short-Term Payout election under Section 4.1 shall not be
paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but shall be paid in accordance with
the other applicable Article.
|
|||
4.3 |
Withdrawal Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies
.
If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial
Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to (i) suspend any
deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or (ii) receive a
partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout shall not exceed the
lesser of the Participants Account Balance, calculated as if such
Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or the amount reasonably
needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. If, subject to
the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, the petition for a
suspension and/or payout is approved, suspension shall take effect upon
the date of approval and any payout shall be made within sixty (60) days
of the date of approval. The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3
shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.
|
ARTICLE 5
Survivor Benefit
5.1 |
Survivor Benefit
.
Subject to the Deduction
Limitation, if the Participant dies before he or she experiences a
Termination of Employment or suffers a Disability prior to such date, the
Participants Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the Termination
Benefit described in Section 6.2 as if Participant Terminated his or her
employment with the Company and the Election Form most recently on file
with the Company shall control the manner in which the Survivor Benefit is
paid. Should the Participant die or suffer a Disability after the
Termination of Employment, but before the Termination Benefit is paid in
full, the unpaid balance shall continue to be paid to the Beneficiary
according to the Annual Installment Method most recently selected by the
Participant.
|
ARTICLE 6
Termination Benefit
6.1 |
Termination Benefit
.
Subject to the Deduction
Limitation, a Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit, which shall
be equal to the Participants Account Balance if a Participant experiences
a Termination of Employment prior to his or her death or Disability.
|
6.2 |
Payment of Termination Benefit
.
A Participant, in
connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan,
shall elect on an Election Form to receive the Termination Benefit in a
lump sum or pursuant to the Annual Installment Method. The Termination
Benefit will be paid in a lump sum or Annual Installments will be begin,
in the first 60 days after the end of the calendar year in which the
Participant
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
terminates his or her employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may cause the Termination
Benefit to be paid or Annual Installments to begin on a date that is prior
to the one referred to in the previous sentence; provided, however, the
Termination Benefit may not be paid in a lump sum and Annual Installments
may not begin prior to the date on which a Participant experiences a
Termination of Employment. The Participant may annually change his or her
election to an allowable alternative payout period by submitting new
Election Form to the Committee, provided that any such Election Form is
submitted at least thirteen months prior the Participants Termination and
is accepted by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion. The
Election Form most recently accepted by the Committee shall govern the
payout of the Termination Benefit. If a Participant does not make any
election with respect to the payment of the Termination Benefit, then such
benefit shall be payable in a lump sum. Any payment made shall be subject
to the Deduction Limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in
this Plan to the contrary, to the extent a Participants Account Balance
is less than $25,000 at the time of Termination of Employment, the
Committee shall cause the Termination Benefit to be paid in a lump sum.
|
ARTICLE 7
Disability Waiver and Benefit
7.1 |
Disability Waiver
.
|
(a) |
Waiver of Deferral
.
A Participant who is determined
by the Committee to be suffering from a Disability shall be (i)
excused from fulfilling that portion of the Annual Deferral Amount
commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from a
Participants Annual Base Salary, Annual Bonus and/or Directors Fees
for the Plan Year during which the Participant first suffers a
Disability. During the period of Disability, the Participant shall
not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections, but will
continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of
this Plan.
|
|||
(b) |
Return to Work
.
If a Participant returns to
employment, or service as a Director, with an Employer, after a
Disability ceases, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual
Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to
employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter while a
Participant in the Plan; provided such deferral elections are
otherwise allowed and an Election Form is delivered to and accepted
by the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section
3.3 above.
|
7.2 |
Continued Eligibility; Disability Benefit
.
A
Participant suffering a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under this
Plan, continue to be considered to be employed, or in the service of an
Employer as a Director, and shall be eligible for the benefits provided
for in Articles 4, 5, or 6 in accordance with the provisions of those
Articles. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee, in its sole and
absolute discretion and for purposes of this Plan only, shall have the
right to deem the Participant to have experienced a Termination of
Employment at any time after such Participant is determined to be
suffering a Disability, in which case the Participant shall receive a
Disability Benefit equal to his or her Account Balance at the time of the
Committees determination. The Disability Benefit shall be paid in a lump
sum or pursuant to the Annual Installment Method of up to ten years,
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
with the lump sum or first installment payable within sixty (60) days of
the Committees exercise of such right. Any payment made shall
be subject
to the Deduction Limitation.
|
ARTICLE 8
Beneficiary Designation
8.1 |
Beneficiary
.
Each Participant shall have the right, at
any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well
as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a
beneficiary upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated
under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary
designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant
participates.
|
8.2 |
Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent
.
A
Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and
signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the
Committee or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to
change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with
the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committees rules
and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names
someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, a spousal consent,
in the form designated by the Committee, must be signed by that
Participants spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance
by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary
designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be
entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the
Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.
|
8.3 |
Acknowledgment
.
No designation or change in
designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and
acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.
|
8.4 |
No Beneficiary Designation
.
If a Participant fails to
designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3 above
or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die
prior to complete distribution of the Participants benefits, then the
Participants designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her
surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the
benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be
payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participants
estate.
|
|||
Upon the Committee or its designated agent being provided with written
notice of the dissolution of marriage of a Participant, and
notwithstanding any of the preceding provisions of this Article 8, any
earlier designation of the Participants former spouse as a Beneficiary
for a portion or all of the benefits specified herein shall be treated as
though the Participants former spouse had predeceased the Participant.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any designation of the
Participants former spouse as a Beneficiary shall not be treated as
though the Participants former spouse had predeceased the Participant if,
after the dissolution of the Participants marriage and prior to payment
of benefits on behalf of the Participant (1) the Participant executes and
delivers a new Beneficiary designation that complies with this Plan that
clearly names such former spouse as a Beneficiary, or (2) there is
delivered to the Plan a domestic relations order providing that the former
spouse is to be treated as the Beneficiary. In any case in which the
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Participants former spouse is treated under the Participants Beneficiary
designation as having predeceased the Participant, no heirs or other
beneficiaries of the former spouse shall receive benefits from this Plan
as a Beneficiary of the Participant except as provided otherwise in the
Participants Beneficiary designation.
|
||||
(The following example illustrates the application of the preceding
paragraph. Assume that a Participant, Participant A, is married to
Spouse A and that Participant A files a valid and effective Beneficiary
designation under this Plan naming Spouse A as a 50% Beneficiary and each
of Participant As two children with Spouse A (the Children) as a 25%
Beneficiary. Assume that Participant A becomes divorced from Spouse A
after making such Beneficiary designation. Upon the Committee or its
designated agent being provided with written notice of the divorce, Spouse
A shall be deemed to have predeceased Participant A for purposes of
Participant As Beneficiary designation subject to the second sentence of
the preceding paragraph. If Participant A later dies without having made
a valid post-divorce Beneficiary designation under this Plan and assuming
that no Plan benefits have been paid and that there is no domestic
relations order to the contrary, Participant As Beneficiaries shall be
deemed to be his two Children, with each child being a 50% Beneficiary.)
|
8.5 |
Doubt as to Beneficiary
.
If the Committee has any
doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this
Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its sole and
absolute discretion, to cause the Participants Employer to withhold such
payments until this matter is resolved to the Committees satisfaction.
|
8.6 |
Discharge of Obligations
.
The payment of benefits
under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all
Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan
with respect to the Participant, and that Participants Plan Agreement
shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.
|
ARTICLE 9
Leave of Absence
9.1 |
Paid Leave of Absence
.
If a Participant is authorized
by the Participants Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of
absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall
continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral
Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in
accordance with Section 3.3.
|
9.2 |
Unpaid Leave of Absence
.
If a Participant is
authorized by the Participants Employer for any reason to take an unpaid
leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant
shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the
Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of
the date the leave of absence expires or the Participant returns to a paid
employment status. Upon such expiration or return, deferrals shall resume
for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or
return occurs, based on the deferral election, if any, made for that Plan
Year. If no election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be
withheld.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
ARTICLE 10
Termination/Amendment or Modification
10.1 |
Termination
.
Although each Employer anticipates that
it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no
guarantee that any Employer will continue the Plan or will not terminate
the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, each Employer reserves
the right to discontinue its sponsorship of the Plan and/or to terminate
the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of its participating
Employees and Directors, by action of its board of directors. Upon the
termination of the Plan with respect to any Employer, the Plan Agreements
of the affected Participants who are employed by that Employer, or in the
service of that Employer as Directors, shall terminate and their Account
Balances, determined as if they had experienced a Termination of
Employment on the date of Plan termination, shall be paid to the
Participants as follows: Prior to a Change in Control, if the Plan is
terminated with respect to all of its Participants, an Employer shall have
the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, and notwithstanding any
elections made by the Participant, to pay such benefits in a lump sum or
pursuant to the Annual Installment Method of up to ten (10) years, with
amounts credited and debited during the installment period as provided
herein. If the Plan is terminated with respect to less than all of its
Participants, an Employer shall be required to pay such benefits in a lump
sum. After a Change in Control, the Employer shall be required to pay
such benefits in a lump sum. The termination of the Plan shall not
adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to
the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination;
provided however, that the Employer shall have the right to accelerate
installment payments without a premium or prepayment penalty by paying the
Account Balance in a lump sum or pursuant to the Annual Installment Method
using fewer years (provided that the present value of all payments that
will have been received by a Participant at any given point of time under
the different payment schedule shall equal or exceed the present value of
all payments that would have been received at that point in time under the
original payment schedule).
|
10.2 |
Amendment
.
The Company may, at any time, amend or
modify the Plan in whole or in part by the action of its Board of
Directors or by action of a committee or individual(s) acting pursuant to
a valid delegation of authority of the Board of Directors, as appropriate
in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that: (i) no
amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the
value of a Participants Account Balance in existence at the time the
amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had
experienced a Termination of Employment as of the effective date of the
amendment or modification, and (ii) no amendment or modification shall be
effective upon or after a Change in Control without the prior written
consent of a majority of Participants. The amendment or modification of
the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become
entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the
amendment or modification; provided, however, that the Employer shall have
the right to accelerate installment payments by paying the Account Balance
in a lump sum or pursuant to the Annual Installment Method using fewer
years (provided that the present value of all payments that will have been
received by a Participant at any given point of time under the different
payment schedule shall equal or exceed the present value of all payments
that would have been received at that point in time under the original
payment schedule).
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
10.3 |
Plan Agreement
.
Despite the provisions of Sections
10.1 and 10.2 above, if a Participants Plan Agreement contains benefits
or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may only
amend or terminate such provisions with the consent of the Participant.
|
10.4 |
Effect of Payment
.
The full payment of the applicable
benefit under Articles 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of the Plan shall completely
discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated
Beneficiaries under this Plan and the Participants Plan Agreement shall
terminate.
|
ARTICLE 11
Administration
11.1 |
Committee Duties
.
Except as otherwise provided in this
Article 11, this plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall
consist of those persons appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company from time to time. If the Chief Executive Officer of the Company
fails to appoint the Committee, the Committee shall be the Company until
such time as the Chief Executive Officer appoints the members of the
Committee pursuant to the previous sentence. Members of the Committee may
be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall also have the
discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all
appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and
(ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of
this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual
serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any
matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination
or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information
furnished by a Participant or the Company.
|
11.2 |
Administration Upon Change In Control
.
For purposes of this
Plan, the Committee shall be the Administrator at all times prior to the
occurrence of a Change in Control. Upon and after the occurrence of a
Change in Control, the Administrator shall be an independent third party
selected by the Trustee and approved by the individual who, immediately
prior to such event, was the Companys Chief Executive Officer or, if not
available or willing to assume such responsibility, the Companys highest
ranking officer (the Ex-CEO). The Administrator shall have the
discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with
the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and
Trust including, but not limited to benefit entitlement determinations;
provided, however, upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control,
the Administrator shall have no power to direct the investment of Plan or
Trust assets or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the
Plan or Trust. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the
Company must: (1) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of
the Administrator; (2) indemnify the Administrator against any costs,
expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorneys fees
and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the
Administrator hereunder, except with respect to matters resulting from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its
employees or agents; and (3) supply full and timely information to the
Administrator or all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the
Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the
Participants, the date of circumstances of the Disability, death or
Termination of Employment of the Participants, and
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably
require. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may be
terminated (and a replacement appointed) by the Trustee only with the
approval of the Ex-CEO. Upon and after a Change in Control, the
Administrator may not be terminated by the Company.
|
11.3 |
Agents
.
In the administration of this Plan, the
Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such
administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly
appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel
who may be counsel to any Employer.
|
11.4 |
Binding Effect of Decisions
.
The decision or action of
the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in
connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the
Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final
and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the
Plan.
|
11.5 |
Indemnity of Committee
.
All Employers shall indemnify
and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom
the duties of the Committee may be delegated, and the Administrator
against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities
arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan,
except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its
members, any such Employee or the Administrator.
|
11.6 |
Employer Information
.
To enable the Committee and/or
Administrator to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer
shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or
Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the
compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the
Disability, death or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and
such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may
reasonably require.
|
ARTICLE 12
Other Benefits and Agreements
12.1 |
Coordination with Other Benefits
.
The benefits
provided for a Participant and Participants Beneficiary under the Plan
are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under
any other plan or program for employees of the Participants Employer.
The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any
other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.
|
ARTICLE 13
Claims Procedures
13.1 |
Presentation of Claim
.
Any Participant or Beneficiary
of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred
to below as a Claimant) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for
a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant
from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice
received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days
after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be
made within 180 days of the date on which
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state
with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
|
13.2 |
Notification of Decision
.
The Committee shall consider
a Claimants claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant
in writing:
|
(a) |
that the Claimants requested determination has been made, and
that the claim has been allowed in full; or
|
|||
(b) |
that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole
or in part, to the Claimants requested determination, and such
notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the
Claimant:
|
(i) |
the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim,
or any part of it;
|
|||
(ii) |
specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of
the Plan upon which such denial was based;
|
|||
(iii) |
a description of any additional material or
information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim,
and an explanation of why such material or information is
necessary; and
|
|||
(iv) |
an explanation of the claim review procedure set
forth in Section 13.3 below.
|
13.3
(a)
(b)
(c)
13.4
(a)
(b)
(c)
13.5
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
the Employment panel of Judicial Arbitration Mediation Services (JAMS), in accordance with JAMS standard mediation rules. A
mutually agreeable mediator will be selected. The parties shall share all costs of the mediation equally, including attorney fees.
Not sooner than 20 days following the mediators final determination, either party may request binding arbitration.
|
||||
13.6 |
Binding Arbitration
.
Following the expiration of the 20 day period referenced in
Section 13.5, either party may initiate binding arbitration by
making a written demand for it on the other party. Such
binding arbitration shall be conducted under the applicable
rules of the American Arbitration Association using a mutually
selected arbitrator in San Mateo or San Francisco County. The
cost of the arbitration shall be borne by the non-prevailing
party or as otherwise determined by the arbitrator.
|
ARTICLE 14
Trust
14.1 |
Establishment of the Trust
.
The Company shall
establish the Trust, and each Employer shall at least annually transfer
over to the Trust such assets as the Employer determines, in its sole and
absolute discretion, are necessary to provide, on a present value basis,
for its respective future liabilities created with respect to the Rollover
Amounts, Annual Company Contribution Amounts, Company Restoration Matching
Contribution Amounts, and Annual Deferral Amounts for such Employers
Participants for all periods prior to the transfer, as well as any debits
and credits to the Participants Account Balances for all periods prior to
the transfer, taking into consideration the value of the assets in the
trust at the time of the transfer.
|
14.2 |
Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust
.
The
provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a
Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions
of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and
the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust.
Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its
obligations under the Plan.
|
14.3 |
Distributions From the Trust
.
Each Employers
obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed
pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce
the Employers obligations under this Plan.
|
ARTICLE 15
Miscellaneous
15.1 |
Status of Plan
.
The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not
qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that is unfunded
and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing
deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly
compensated employee within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2),
301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted
to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
15.2 |
Unsecured General Creditor
.
Participants and their
Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or
equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an
Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any
and all of an Employers assets shall be, and remain, the general,
unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. An Employers obligation
under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise
to pay money in the future.
|
15.3 |
Employers Liability
.
An Employers liability for the
payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Plan
Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant. An
Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except
as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.
|
15.4 |
Nonassignability
.
Neither a Participant nor any other
person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge,
anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate,
alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any,
payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which
are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part
of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to
seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any
debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or
any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a
Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency or be
transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or
otherwise.
|
15.5 |
Not a Contract of Employment
.
The terms and conditions
of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment
between any Employer and the Participant. Such employment is hereby
acknowledged to be an at will employment relationship that can be
terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without
cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written
employment agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a
Participant the right to be retained in the service of any Employer,
either as an Employee or a Director, or to interfere with the right of any
Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.
|
15.6 |
Furnishing Information
.
A Participant or his or her
Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all
information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may
be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the
payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such
physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.
|
15.7 |
Terms
.
Whenever any words are used herein in the
masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in
all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used
herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though
they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all
cases where they would so apply.
|
15.8 |
Captions
.
The captions of the articles, sections and
paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or
affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
|
15.9 |
Governing Law
.
Subject to ERISA, the provisions of
this
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of
the State of California without regard to its conflicts of laws
principles.
|
15.10 |
Notice
.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to
be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in
writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to
the address below:
|
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
|
||
Electronic Arts, Inc.
|
||
209 Redwood Shores Pkwy
|
||
Redwood City, CA 94065
|
||
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if
delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the
receipt for registration or certification.
|
||||
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant
under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or
sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.
|
||||
15.11 |
Successors
.
The provisions of this Plan shall bind
and inure to the benefit of the Participants Employer and its successors
and assigns and the Participant and the Participants designated
Beneficiaries.
|
|||
15.12 |
Spouses Interest
.
The interest in the benefits
hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant
shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable
by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouses
will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of in testate
succession.
|
|||
15.13 |
Validity
.
In case any provision of this Plan shall be
illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not
affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted
herein.
|
|||
15.14 |
Incompetent
.
If the Committee determines in its
discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a
person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the
disposition of that persons property, the Committee may direct payment of
such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the
care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The
Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or
guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the
benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of
the Participant and the Participants Beneficiary, as the case may be, and
shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such
payment amount.
|
|||
15.15 |
Court Order
.
The Committee is authorized to make any
payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the
Committee has been named as a party. In addition, if a court determines
that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the
Participants benefits under the Plan in connection with a property
settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole and absolute
discretion, shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a
Participant, to immediately distribute the
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
spouses or former spouses interest in the Participants benefits under the Plan
to that spouse or former spouse.
|
||||
15.16 |
Distribution in the Event of Taxation
.
|
(a) |
In General
.
If, for any reason, all or any portion of
a Participants benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the
Participant prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the
Committee before a Change in Control, or the trustee of the Trust
after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his
or her benefit that has become taxable. Upon the grant of such a
petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after
a Change in Control, shall be granted), a Participants Employer
shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an
amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which
amount shall not exceed a Participants unpaid Account Balance under
the Plan). If the petition is granted, the tax liability
distribution shall be made within ninety (90) days of the date when
the Participants petition is granted. Such a distribution shall
affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under this Plan.
|
|||
(b) |
Trust
.
If the Trust terminates in accordance with
Section 3.6(e) of the Trust and benefits are distributed from the
Trust to a Participant in accordance with that Section, the
Participants benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent
of such distributions.
|
15.17 |
Insurance
.
The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of
the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole and absolute discretion, may
apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such
amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose. The Employers or the
trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and
beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest
whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the
Employers shall such information and execute such documents as may be
required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have
applied for insurance.
|
15.18 |
Legal Fees To Enforce Rights After Change in Control
.
The Company and each Employer is aware that upon the occurrence of a
Change in Control, the Board or the board of directors of a Participants
Employer (which might then be composed of new members) or a shareholder of
the Company or the Participants Employer, or of any successor corporation
might then cause or attempt to cause the Company, the Participants
Employer or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under
the Plan, and might cause or attempt to cause the Company or the
Participants Employer to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking
to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan. In these
circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated. Accordingly,
if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant
that the Company, the Participants Employer or any successor corporation
has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any
agreement hereunder or, if the Company, such Employer or any other person
takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes
any litigation or other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to
recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided, then
the Company and the Participants Employer irrevocably authorize such
Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the
Company and the Participants Employer (who shall be jointly and severally
liable) to represent such
|
Electronic Arts
Deferred Compensation Plan
Master Plan Document
Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation
or other legal action, whether by or against the Company, the
Participants Employer or any director, officer, shareholder or other
person affiliated with the Company, the Participants Employer or any
successor thereto in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section or the Plan to the contrary, the Company and/or the Participants
employer shall have no obligation under this Section to the extent there
is a judicial determination or final mediation decision that the
litigation or other legal action brought by the Participant is frivolous.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of February 20, 2004.
Company
Electronic Arts, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Exhibit 15.1
Awareness Letter of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Electronic Arts Inc.:
With respect to the registration statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 33-66836, 33-55212, 33-53302, 33-41955, 33-82166, 33-61781, 33-61783, 333-09683, 333-09893, 333-32239, 333-32771, 333-46937, 333-60513, 333-60517, 333-84215, 333-39430, 333-39432, 333-44222, 333-60256, 333-67430, 333-82888, 333-99525 and 333-107710), and the registration statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-102797), of Electronic Arts Inc., we acknowledge our awareness of the use therein of our report dated July 21, 2004 relating to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Electronic Arts Inc. and subsidiaries that are included in its Form 10-Q for the three-month period ended June 30, 2004.
Pursuant to Rule 436 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Act), such report is not considered part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an accountant, or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.
KPMG LLP
San Francisco, California
August 3, 2004
Exhibit 31.1
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
I, Lawrence F. Probst III, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of
the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal
control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case
of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely
to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control
over financial reporting.
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Electronic Arts Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant
as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
5.
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our
most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
By:
/s/ Lawrence F. Probst III
Lawrence F. Probst III
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
I, Warren C. Jenson, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer, certify that:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants fourth
fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Electronic Arts Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the
registrant and have:
5.
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation
of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
By:
/s/ Warren C. Jenson
Warren C. Jenson
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
Exhibit 32.1
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Electronic Arts Inc. on Form 10-Q
for the period ended June 30, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Lawrence F. Probst III,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Electronic Arts Inc., certify, pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 906), that to my knowledge:
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other
document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature
that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Electronic Arts and
will be retained by Electronic Arts and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of Electronic Arts Inc. for the periods presented therein.
August 3, 2004
Exhibit 32.2
ELECTRONIC ARTS INC.
Certification of Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Electronic Arts Inc. on Form 10-Q
for the period ended June 30, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Warren C. Jenson, Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Electronic
Arts Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 906), that to my
knowledge:
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other
document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature
that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Electronic Arts and
will be retained by Electronic Arts and furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
1.
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations
of Electronic Arts Inc. for the periods presented therein.
August 3, 2004